File No. 333-

United States

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, DC 20549

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

~~Union~~UNION ~~Security~~SECURITY ~~Life~~LIFE ~~Insurance~~INSURANCE ~~Company~~COMPANY ofOF ~~New~~NEW ~~York~~YORK

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

6311

(Primary Standard Industrial Identification Code)

13-2699219

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

~~212~~55 ~~Highbridge Street~~Broadway, Suite D2901, ~~Fayetteville,~~New ~~NY 13066~~York, ~~(315)~~New ~~637-4232~~York 10006

(212) 859-7000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

~~Lisa~~CHRISTOPHER ~~Proch~~M. GRINNELL

~~Talcott~~TALCOTT ~~Resolution~~RESOLUTION ~~Life~~LIFE ~~Insurance~~INSURANCE ~~Company~~COMPANY

1 ~~Griffin~~AMERICAN ~~Road~~ROW ~~North~~

~~Windsor~~HARTFORD, ~~Connecticut~~CT ~~06095-1512~~06103

(860) 791-~~0286~~0750

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone

number, including area code, of agent for service)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

From time to time after the registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.ý

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer,""smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated filer ( ) Accelerated Filer ( )

Non-Accelerated Filer (x) Smaller Reporting Company ( )

Emerging Growth Company ( )

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.o

Calculation of Registration Fee

Title of each class ofSecurities to beRegistered

Amountto be Registered

Proposed Maximum OfferingPrice Per Unit

Proposed Maximum Aggregate OfferingPrice

Amount ofRegistration Fee

Deferred Annuity Contracts & Participating Interests Therein

$19,700,000**

N/A*

N/A

N/A**

* The maximum aggregate offering price is estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee. The amount being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per unit are not applicable in that these contracts are not issued in predetermined amounts or units.

**Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act, this registration statement carries forward approximately $19,700,000 of unsold securities, all of which are included under "Amount to be registered" above, that were previously registered on Form S-1 registration statement (File No. 333-224348) filed on April 19, 2018 are being carried forward to this Registration Statement. Because a filing fee of $2,289.14 was previously paid for the securities being carried forward to this registration statement, no filing fee is due in connection with those securities. The offering of securities on the earlier registration statement will be deemed terminated as of the date of effectiveness of this registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TDTable ~~WATERHOUSE~~of ~~VARIABLE ANNUITY~~Contents

~~SEPARATE~~MASTERS ~~ACCOUNT~~VARIABLE A ISSUED BY: UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK 212 HIGHBRIDGE STREET, SUITE D FAYETTEVILLE, NY 13066 ADMINISTERED BY: TALCOTT RESOLUTION LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY PO BOX 14293 LEXINGTON, KY 40512-4293 1-800-862-6668 (CONTRACT OWNERS) 1-800-862-7155 (INVESTMENT PROFESSIONALS) www.talcottresolution.comANNUITY

OnSEPARATE ~~January~~ACCOUNT ~~18,~~A ~~2021,~~OF ~~the~~UNION ~~owners~~SECURITY ofLIFE ~~Hopmeadow~~INSURANCE ~~Holdings~~COMPANY LPOF ~~(“HHLP”),~~NEW aYORK ~~parent~~ISSUED ofBY: ~~Talcott~~UNION ~~Resolution~~SECURITY ~~Life~~LIFE ~~Insurance~~INSURANCE ~~Company~~COMPANY ~~("Talcott~~OF ~~Resolution"),~~NEW ~~signed~~YORK a55 ~~definitive~~BROADWAY, ~~agreement~~SUITE to2901 ~~sell~~NEW ~~all~~YORK, ofNEW ~~the~~YORK ~~equity~~10006 ~~interests~~ADMINISTERED inBY: ~~HHLP~~TALCOTT ~~and~~RESOLUTION ~~its~~LIFE ~~subsidiaries,~~INSURANCE ~~including~~COMPANY ~~Talcott~~PO ~~Resolution,~~BOX to14293 ~~Sixth Street Partners~~LEXINGTON, aKY ~~global~~40512-4293 ~~investment~~1-800-862-6668 ~~firm.~~(CONTRACT ~~The~~OWNERS) ~~sale~~1-800-862-7155 is(INVESTMENT ~~subject~~PROFESSIONALS) ~~to regulatory approval and the satisfaction of other closing conditions~~www. talcottresolution.com

~~Talcott~~This ~~Resolution~~prospectus ~~will~~describes ~~continue~~the Masters Variable Annuity. Masters Variable Annuity is a contract between you and Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York (formerly First Fortis Life Insurance Company) where you agree to ~~administer~~make at least one Premium Payment and ~~provide~~Union ~~all~~Security ~~contractual~~agrees ~~benefits~~to make a series of ~~your~~Annuity ~~annuity~~Payouts at a later date. ~~The~~This ~~terms~~Contract is a flexible premium, ~~features~~tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both individuals and ~~benefits~~groups. Availability of ~~your~~portfolio ~~insurance~~companies ~~contract~~may ~~will~~vary ~~NOT~~by ~~change~~employer. asParticipants should reference their plan documents for a ~~result~~list of available portfolio companies. Surrenders may be subject to a surrender charge and/or a Market Value Adjustment ("MVA"). If you receive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the ~~sale~~advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee is subject to surrender charges and will count toward your Annual Withdrawal Amount. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees will also reduce death benefits under the Contract and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax.

~~Talcott~~The ~~Resolution~~variable ~~administers~~annuity ~~the~~product ~~annuity~~described ~~contracts~~in ~~issued~~this byprospectus ~~Union~~is ~~Security~~no ~~Life~~longer ~~Insurance~~for ~~Company~~sale. ofHowever, ~~New~~we ~~York~~continue to administer the in force annuity contracts.

~~**********~~Please read this everything prospectus carefully and keep it for your records and for future reference. This prospectus is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”). The SEC has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. This prospectus and the SAI can also be obtained free of charge from us by calling 1-800-862-6668 or from the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).

~~This~~Additional ~~prospectus~~information ~~describes~~about ~~the~~certain TDinvestment ~~Waterhouse~~products, ~~Variable~~including ~~Annuity.~~variable TDannuities, ~~Waterhouse~~has ~~Variable~~been ~~Annuity~~prepared isby athe ~~contract~~SEC’s ~~between~~staff ~~you~~ and ~~Union~~is ~~Security~~available ~~Life Insurance Company of New York (formerly First Fortis Life Insurance Company) where you agree to make~~ at ~~least one Premium Payment and Union Security agrees to make a series of Annuity Payouts at a later date~~Investor. ~~This Contract is a flexible premium, tax-deferred, variable annuity offered to both individuals and groups~~gov. ~~It is:~~

~~a Flexible,~~Talcott ~~because~~Resolution ~~you~~Distribution ~~may~~Company, ~~add~~Inc. ~~Premium~~serves ~~Payments~~as atprincipal ~~any~~underwriter ~~time~~for the Contracts.

~~a Tax-deferred,~~An ~~which~~investment ~~means~~in ~~you~~the ~~don't~~Contract ~~pay~~is ~~taxes~~subject ~~until~~to ~~you~~risk, ~~take~~including ~~money~~risk ~~out~~of orloss. ~~until~~See we"Principal ~~start~~Risks toof ~~make~~Investing ~~Annuity~~in ~~Payouts~~the Contract" beginning on page 9.

a Variable, because the value of your Contract will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds.

This Contract and its features are not available for new sales. At the time you purchased your Contract, you allocated your Premium Payment to "Sub-Accounts." These are subdivisions of our Separate Account, an account that keeps your Contract assets separate from our company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your stockbroker or through a retail mutual fund. They may have similar investment strategies and the same portfolio managers as retail mutual funds. This Contract offers you Funds with investment strategies ranging from conservative to aggressive and you may pick those Funds that meet your investment goals and risk tolerance. The Funds are part of the following Portfolio companies: AllianceBernstein L.P., AIM Variable Insurance Funds, American Century Investments, BlackRock, Fidelity Investments, Hartford HLS Funds, MFS Investment Management, Nationwide Funds Advisers, NeubergerBerman Management LLC, Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust, VanEck VIP Trust, Voya Investors Trust, Voya Variable Portfolios, Inc.and Wells Fargo Funds Management LLC.

You may also allocate some or all of your Premium Payment to either the Fixed Accumulation Feature or a Guarantee Period. The Fixed Accumulation Feature pays an interest rate guaranteed for a certain time period from the time the Premium Payment is made. A Guarantee Period guarantees a rate of interest until a specified maturity date and may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment ("MVA") . Premium Payments allocated to the Fixed Accumulation Feature or a Guarantee Period are not segregated from our company assets like the assets of the Separate Account.

You should keep this prospectus for your records. You can also call us to get a Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"), free of charge. The SAI contains more information about this Contract, and, like this prospectus, the SAI is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). Although we file the prospectus and the SAI with the SEC, the SEC doesn't approve or disapprove these securities or determine if the information in this prospectus is truthful or complete. Anyone who represents that the SEC does these things may be guilty of a criminal offense. This prospectus and the SAI can also be obtained from the SEC's website (www.sec.gov).

This variable annuity may not be suitable for everyone. This variable annuity may not be appropriate for people who do not have a long investment time horizon and is not appropriate for people who intend to engage in market timing. You will get no additional tax advantage from this variable annuity if you are investing through a tax-advantaged retirement plan (such as a 401(k) plan or Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”)). This prospectus is not intended to provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Please consult with your tax accountant or attorney prior to finalizing or implementing any tax or legal strategy or for any tax, accounting or legal advice concerning your situation.

Union Security has, in the past, filed annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). As of May 1, 2009, Union Security has relied on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Exchange Act, and accordingly does not intend to file these reports, or other reports under the Exchange Act.

*********

As of January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the shareholder reports for the mutual funds available under your Contract will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from Talcott Resolution or your Financial Intermediary. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive shareholder reports and other communications from your Financial Intermediary or from us electronically by calling Talcott Resolution Annuity Contact Center at 1-800-862-6668, Monday through Thursday, 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., or Friday, 9:15 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. You can inform Talcott Resolution or your Financial Intermediary that you wish to continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports by visiting www.fundreports.com, or by calling 1-866-345-5954. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds available under your Contract.


NOT INSURED BY FDIC OR ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY			MAY LOSE VALUE			NOT A DEPOSIT OF OR GUARANTEED BY ANY BANK OR ANY BANK AFFILIATE

Date of Prospectus: May 31, ~~2021 Date of Statement of Additional Information: May 3, 2021~~2024

Table of Contents


			Page

1. Glossary			3
2. Key Information Table			4
3. Overview of the Contract			6
4. Fee Tables			7
5. Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract			9
6. General Contract Information			9
a. Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York			9
b. The General Account			10
c. The Separate Account			10
d. The Funds			10
e. Guarantee Periods			11
f. Market Value Adjustment for Guarantee Periods			12
7. The Contract			13
a. Purchases and Contract Value			13
b. Contract Rights			17
c. Charges and Fees			17
d. Surrenders			20
e. Annuity Payouts			21
8. Benefits Under the Contract			23
9. Death Benefit			24
10. Other Programs Available			26
11. Other Information			28
a. State Variations			28
b. Legal Proceedings			28
c. More Information			28
d. Financial Statements			29
e. Cybersecurity and Disruptions to Business Operations			29
12. Further Information About Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York			30
13. Federal Tax Considerations/Information Regarding Tax Qualified Plans			101
Appendix A - Funds Available Under the Contract			APP A-1
Appendix B - Sample Market Value Adjustment Calculations			APP B-1
Appendix C - Investments by Union Security			APP C-1
Appendix D - Death Benefit Examples			APP D-1

Table of Contents

			Page
Definitions			4
Fee Table			5
Highlights			7
General Contract Information			8
Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York			8
The Separate Account			8
The Funds			8
Performance Related Information			11
Guarantee Periods			12
The Contract			13
Purchases and Contract Value			13
Charges and Fees			17
Death Benefit			18
Surrenders			19
Annuity Payouts			20
Other Programs Available			22
Other Information			23
Experts			24
Legal Proceedings			24
More Information			24
Cybersecurity and Disruptions to Business Operations			25
Federal Tax Considerations			25
Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans			32
Accumulation Unit Values			40
Further Information About Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York			44
Table of Contents to Statement of Additional Information			112
Appendix I — Sample Market Value Adjustment Calculations			APP I -1
Appendix II — Investments by Union Security			APP II -1

1. Glossary

3Except as provided elsewhere in this prospectus, the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed below:

~~Definitions~~Account: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Periods.

These terms are capitalized when used throughout this prospectus. Please refer to these defined terms if you have any questions as you read your prospectus.

Account: Any of the Sub-Accounts or Guarantee Period accounts.

Accumulation Period: The time after you purchase the Contract until we begin to make Annuity Payouts.

Accumulation Units: If you allocate your Premium Payment to any of the Sub-Accounts, we will convert those ~~payments~~Payments into Accumulation Units in the selected Sub-Accounts. Accumulation Units are valued at the end of each Valuation Day and are used to calculate the value of your Contract prior to Annuitization.

Accumulation Unit Value: The daily price of Accumulation Units on any Valuation Day.

Administrative Office: ~~Effective~~Our ~~July 1, 2021, our~~ overnight mailing address ~~will~~is ~~be changed from~~ Talcott Resolution - Annuity Service Operations, ~~1338 Indian Mound Drive, Mt. Sterling, KY 40353 ("Sterling Address") to Talcott Resolution - Annuity Service Operations,~~ 6716 Grade Lane, Building 9, Louisville, KY 40213 ~~("Louisville Address") Any overnight mail received from July 1, 2021 through September 30, 2021 will be forwarded to our new Louisville Address~~. ~~Overnight mail received at the Sterling Address after September 30, 2021, will not be processed and will be returned to sender.~~ Our standard mailing address is Talcott Resolution - Annuity Service Operations, PO Box 14293, Lexington, KY 40512-4293.

Anniversary Value: The value equal to the Contract Value as of a Contract Anniversary, as adjusted for subsequent Premium Payments and partial Surrenders.

Annual ~~Maintenance~~Withdrawal ~~Fee~~Amount (AWA): This Anis ~~annual~~the ~~$30~~amount ~~charge~~you ~~deducted~~can onSurrender aper Contract ~~Anniversary~~Year orwithout ~~upon~~paying ~~full~~a ~~Surrender~~Contingent ifDeferred ~~the~~Sales ~~Contract~~Charge. ~~Value~~This atamount ~~either of those times~~ is ~~less~~non-cumulative, ~~than~~meaning ~~$50,000.~~that ~~The~~it ~~charge~~cannot isbe ~~deducted~~carried ~~proportionately~~over from ~~each~~one ~~Account~~year into ~~which~~the ~~you are invested~~next.

Annuitant: The person on whose life the Contract is issued. The Annuitant may not be changed after your Contract is issued.

Annuity Calculation Date: The date we calculate the first Annuity Payout.

Annuity Commencement Date: The later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or the date the Annuitant reaches age 90, unless you elect an earlier date or we, in our sole discretion, agree to postpone to another date following our receipt of an extension request.

Annuity Payout: The money we pay out after the Annuity Commencement Date for the duration and frequency you select.

Annuity Payout Option: Any of the options available for payout after the Annuity Commencement Date or death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant.

Annuity Period: The time during which we make Annuity Payouts.

Annuity Unit: The unit of measure we use to calculate the value of your Annuity Payouts under a variable dollar amount Annuity Payout Option.

Annuity Unit Value: The daily price of Annuity Units on any Valuation Day.

Beneficiary: The person entitled to receive benefits pursuant to the terms of the Contract upon the death of any Contract Owner, joint Contract Owner or Annuitant.

Charitable Remainder Trust: An irrevocable trust, where an individual donor makes a gift to the trust, and in return receives an income tax deduction. In addition, the individual donor has the right to receive a percentage of the trust earnings for a specified period of time.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commuted Value: The present value of any remaining guaranteed Annuity Payouts. This amount is calculated using the Assumed Investment Return for variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts and a rate of return determined by us for fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts.

Contingent Annuitant: The person you may designate to become the Annuitant if the original Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. You must name a Contingent Annuitant before the original Annuitant's death. This is only available if you own a Non-Qualified Contract.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC): The deferred sales charge, if applicable, that may apply when you make a full or partial Surrender. The CDSC is also referred to as the "surrender charge" in this prospectus.

Contract: The individual Annuity Contract and any endorsements or riders. Group participants and some individuals may receive a certificate rather than a Contract.

Contract Anniversary: The anniversary of the date we issued your Contract. If the Contract Anniversary falls on a Non-Valuation Day, then the Contract Anniversary will be the next Valuation Day.

Contract Owner, Owner or you: The owner or holder of the Contract described in this prospectus including any joint ~~Owners~~Owner(s). We do not capitalize "“you"” in the prospectus.

Contract Value: The total value of the Accounts on any Valuation Day.

Contract Year: Any 12 month period between Contract Anniversaries, beginning with the date the Contract was issued.

Death Benefit: The amount payable after the Contract Owner or the Annuitant dies.

Dollar Cost Averaging: A program that allows you to systematically make transfers between Accounts available in your Contract.

Table of Contents

Fund: A registered investment company or a series thereof in which assets of a Sub-Account may be invested.

General Account: This account holds our company assets and any assets not allocated to a Separate Account.

Joint Annuitant: The person on whose life Annuity Payouts are based if the Annuitant dies after Annuitization. You may name a Joint Annuitant only if your Annuity Payout Option provides for a survivor. The Joint Annuitant may not be changed.

Market Value Adjustment: An adjustment that either increases or decreases the amount we pay you under certain circumstances.

Net Investment Factor: This is used to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Day to the next, and is also used to calculate your Annuity Payout amount.

Non-Valuation Day: Any day the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading.

Payee: The person or party you designate to receive Annuity Payouts.

Premium Payment: Money sent to us to be invested in your Contract.

Premium Tax: A tax charged by a state or municipality on Premium Payments.

Qualified Contract: A Contract that is defined as a tax-qualified retirement plan in the Code.

Required Minimum Distribution (RMD): A federal requirement that individuals of a specified age and older must take a distribution from their tax-qualified retirement account by December 31, each year. For employer sponsored qualified Contracts, the individual must begin taking distributions at the specified age or upon retirement, whichever comes later. ~~For~~The ~~individuals~~required ~~born~~beginning ~~prior~~date tois ~~July~~now 1,based ~~1949~~on “applicable age” as defined in the ~~specified~~Code. If you attain age 72 after 2022 and age 72 before 2033, your applicable age is ~~70-1/2~~73. If you attain age 74 after 2032, ~~for~~your ~~all~~applicable ~~others~~age ~~the~~is ~~specified~~75. If you were born in 1959, you should consult your tax advisor regarding your “applicable age” because it is 72unclear under SECURE 2.0, as enacted, whether your “applicable age” is age 73 or age 75.

Spouse: A person related to a Contract Owner by marriage pursuant to the Code.

Sub-Account Value: The value of each Sub-Account on or before the Annuity Calculation Date, which is determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units by the Accumulation Unit Value for ~~that~~each Sub-Account.

Surrender: A complete or partial withdrawal from your Contract.

Surrender Value: The amount we pay you if you terminate your Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date. The Surrender Value ~~(subject to rounding)~~ is equal to the Contract Value minus any applicable charges (subject to rounding) and increased or decreased, as applicable, by any MVA.

Union Security: Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York, the company that issued this Contract.

Valuation Day: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Values of the Separate Account are determined as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange,. The Exchange generally closes at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time but may close earlier on certain days and as conditions warrant.

Valuation Period: The time span between the close of trading onat the New York Stock Exchange from one Valuation Day to the next.

We, us, our, the Company or ~~our:~~Talcott Resolution: Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company.

~~Fee~~2. Key Information Table

~~The~~Important ~~following~~Information ~~tables~~You ~~describe~~Should ~~the~~Consider ~~fees~~About ~~and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering~~ the Contract.

This table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you purchase the Contract or Surrender the Contract. Charges for state premium taxes may also be deducted when you purchase the Contract, upon Surrender or when we start to make Annuity Payouts.

FEES AND EXPENSES

Location in Prospectus

Charges for Early Withdrawals

Your Contract may be subject to surrender charges. Surrender charges may apply to both partial and full Surrenders.

•Core. If you withdraw money from your contract within 7 years following your last premium payment, you may be assessed a surrender charge of up to 7% (as a percentage if premium payments withdrawn), declining to 0% over that time period.

For example, if you were to withdraw $100,000 during a surrender charge period, you could be assessed a charge of up to $7,000 for your contract.

4. Fee Table

7. The Contract - b. Charges and Fees - Sales Charges

Transaction Charges

Other than surrender charges (if any), there are no charges for other contract transactions (e.g., transferring money between investment options):

•Amounts in a multi-year Guarantee Period that are withdrawn, transferred, or annuitized more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may be subject to a negative or positive market value adjustment (MVA).

4. Fee Table

~~Contract Owner Transaction Expenses~~4

~~Sales~~Table ~~Charge Imposed on Purchases (as a percentage~~ of ~~Premium Payments) None Maximum Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of Premium Payments) None~~Contents

This table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically and on a daily basis during the time that you own the Contract, not including fees and expenses of the underlying Funds.

Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)

The table below describes the current fees and expenses of the contract that you may pay each year, depending on the options you choose. Please refer to your contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected. Fees and expenses do not reflect any advisory fees paid to financial intermediaries from Contract Value or other assets of the Contract Owner, and that if such charges were reflected, the fees and expenses would be higher.

4. Fee Table

7. The Contract - b. Charges and Fees

Annual Fee

Minimum

Maximum

Base Contract

1.36%¹

Investment Options
(fund fees and expenses)

0.13%²

0.90%²

1 As a percentage of average daily Sub-Account Values.

2 As a percentage of fund net assets.

Because your contract is customizable, the choices you make effect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes that you do not take withdrawals from the contract.

Lowest Annual Cost: $1,780

Highest Annual Cost: $2,608

Assumes:

•Investment of $100,000

•5% annual appreciation

•Least expensive fund fees and expenses

•Most expensive fund fees and expenses

•No sales charges or advisory fees

•No additional premium payments, transfers or withdrawals

RISKS

Location in Prospectus

Risk of Loss

You can lose money by investing in this contract, including loss of principal.

5. Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract

Not a Short-Term Investment

•This contract is not designed for short-term investing and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash.

•Surrender charges may apply to withdrawals. If you take a withdrawal, a surrender charge may reduce the value of your contract or the amount of money that you actually receive.

•The benefits of tax deferral, long-term income, and living benefit guarantees mean the contract is generally more beneficial to investors with a long-time horizon.

•A 10% penalty tax may be applied to Surrenders before age 59½.

Risks Associated with Investment Options

•An investment in this contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance. Performance can vary depending on the performance of the investment options that you choose under the contract (e.g. Funds).

•Each investment option has its own unique risks.

•You should review the investment options before making an investment decision.

Insurance Company Risks

An investment in the contract is subject to the risks related to us. Any obligations (including under any Guarantee Period), guarantees or benefits of the contract are subject to our claims-paying ability. For additional detail on risks that relate to our business, please see the risk factors in the 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assurant, Inc. (“Assurant” or the “Parent”) filed with the SEC. More information about Union Security is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or through Assurant’s website at www.assurant.com.

RESTRICTIONS

Location in Prospectus

Annual Maintenance Fee (1)	$	30
Separate Account Annual Expenses (as a percentage of average daily Sub-Account value)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge	0.45		%
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses	0.45		%

(1) An annual $30 charge deducted on a Contract Anniversary or upon Surrender if the Contract Value at either of those times is less than $50,000. It is deducted proportionately from the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested at the time of the charge.

~~This~~Table ~~table~~of shows the minimum and maximum total annual Fund operating expenses charged by the underlying Funds that you may pay on a daily basis during the time that you own the Contract. More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.Contents

Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses

Minimum

Maximum

Investments

•Certain investment options may not be available under your contract.•You are allowed to make 1 transfer between the fund options per day. You are allowed to make 20 transfers between the fund options per year before we require you to submit additional transfer requests by mail. Your transfer between the fund options are subject to policies designed to deter excessively frequent transfers and market timing. These transfer restrictions do not apply to transfers under the contract's automatic transfer programs.•Amounts in a multi-year Guarantee Period that are transferred or annuitized more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may be subject to a negative or positive MVA.•We reserve the right to remove or substitute funds as investment options.

6. General Information7. The Contract - a. Purchases and Contract ValueAppendix A - Funds Available under the Contract

(these are expenses that are deducted from Fund assets,including management fees, Rule 12b-1 distributionand/or service fees, and other expenses)

0.16%

1.52%

TAXES

Location in Prospectus

Tax Implications

•Consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payment received under the contract.•If you purchased the contract through a tax-qualified plan or IRA, you do not get any additional tax deferral under the contract.•Earnings on your contract are taxed at ordinary income rates when you withdraw them and you may have to pay a penalty if you take a withdrawal before age 59-1/2.

13. Federal Tax Considerations/Information Regarding Tax Qualified Plans

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Location in Prospectus

Investment Professional Compensation

Your investment professional may receive compensation for selling this contract to you, in the form of commissions, additional payments, and non-cash compensation. We may share the revenue we earn on this contract with your investment professional's firm. This conflict of interest may influence your investment professional to recommend this contract over another investment for which the investment professional is not compensated or compensated less.

11. Miscellaneous - (e) How Contracts Were Sold

Exchanges

Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new contract in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange a contract you already own if you determine, after comparing the features, fees and risks of both contracts, that it is better for you to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract.

7.a. Purchases and Contract Value - Replacement of Annuities

~~EXAMPLE~~3. Overview of the Contract

~~This~~Purpose ~~Example is intended to help you compare the cost~~ of ~~investing in~~ the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include Contract Owner Transaction Expenses, Maximum Separate Account Annual Expenses, and Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses.

The ~~Example~~Contract ~~assumes~~is ~~that~~designed ~~you~~for ~~invest~~retirement ~~$10,000~~planning purposes. You make investments in the Contract’s ~~for~~investment ~~the~~options ~~time~~during ~~periods~~the ~~indicated~~accumulation phase. The ~~Example~~value ~~also~~of ~~assumes~~your ~~that~~investments is used to set your ~~investment~~benefits ~~has~~under athe 5%Contract. ~~return~~At ~~each~~the ~~year~~end ~~and~~of ~~assumes~~the accumulation phase, we use that accumulated value to set the ~~maximum~~payments ~~fees~~that ~~and~~we ~~expenses~~make ofduring ~~any~~the ofpayout phase. The payout phase is often referred to as the ~~Funds~~annuity phase. ~~Although~~Investing in the Contract's investment options involves risk and you can lose your ~~actual~~money. ~~costs~~On ~~may~~the beother ~~higher~~hand, orinvesting ~~lower~~in the Contract can provide you with the opportunity to grow your money through investing in the Contract's investment options during the accumulation phase. Generally speaking, ~~based~~the onlonger ~~these~~your ~~assumptions~~accumulation phase, the greater your ~~costs~~accumulated ~~would~~value will be: for setting your benefits and annuity payouts. The Contract also includes a death benefit to help financially protect your Beneficiaries.

~~(1) If~~The ~~you~~variable ~~Surrender~~annuity ~~your~~product ~~Contract~~described atin ~~the~~this ~~end~~prospectus ofis no longer for sale. However, we continue to administer the ~~applicable~~in ~~time~~force ~~period:~~annuity contracts.

1 year	$	232
3 years	$	712
5 years	$	1,215
10 years	$	2,583

This Contract may be appropriate for you if you have a long investment time horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading in the Funds that are available under the Contract.

~~(2)~~ If you ~~annuitize~~receive atservices for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the ~~end~~advisory offee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the ~~applicable~~deduction ~~time~~for ~~period:~~that fee is subject to surrender charges and will count toward your Annual Withdrawal Amount. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees will also reduce death benefits and other guaranteed benefits under the Contract and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. See Section 7.a. Purchases and Contract Value under Deduction of Advisory Fee, Section 7.c. Charges and Fees, Section 9. Death Benefits and Section 13. Federal Tax Considerations for more information.

1 year	$	202
3 years	$	682
5 years	$	1,185
10 years	$	2,553

Phases of the Contract

The contract has two phases: (31) If ~~you~~an doaccumulation ~~not~~phase ~~Surrender~~(for ~~your~~savings) ~~Contract:~~and (2) a payout phase (for income).

1 year	$	232
3 years	$	712
5 years	$	1,215
10 years	$	2,583

Condensed Financial Information

When Premium Payments are credited to your Sub-Accounts, they are converted into Accumulation Units by dividing the amount of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit Value for that day. For more information on how Accumulation Unit Values are calculated see "How is the value of my Contract calculated before the Annuity Commencement Date?". Please refer to the "Accumulation Unit Values" Section of this Prospectus for information regarding Accumulation Unit Values.

~~Highlights~~Table of Contents

~~What~~Accumulation ~~type~~Period. ofTo ~~sales~~accumulate ~~charge~~value ~~will~~during Ithe ~~pay?~~Accumulation Period, you invest your Premium Payments and earnings in the investment options that are available under the Contract, which include:

~~This~~•The Fund options (also referred to as Sub-Accounts), which have different underlying mutual funds with different investment objectives, strategies and risks. A list of the Funds under the Contract is noprovided ~~longer~~in ~~available~~an ~~for~~appendix ~~sale~~to this prospectus. See Appendix A - Funds Available Under the Contract.

Is•Guarantee ~~there~~Periods, anwhich ~~Annual~~guarantee ~~Maintenance~~principal ~~Fee?~~and credit a guaranteed interest rate for the number of years you select, up to a maximum of ten years. Withdrawing, transferring, or annuitizing amounts in a Guarantee Period more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may result in a MVA. An MVA may be positive or negative depending on market conditions and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods are not available in Nevada or Pennsylvania.

WeAnnuity ~~deduct~~Period. aYour ~~$30.00~~Contract ~~fee~~enters ~~each~~the ~~year~~payout phase on ~~your~~the later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or ~~when~~the date the Annuitant reaches age 90 (or age 100 if you ~~fully~~are ~~Surrender~~eligible to defer the Annuity Commencement Date and properly elect it). When your Contract, ifenters the payout phase, onyour ~~either~~accumulated value is converted into a stream of ~~those~~income ~~dates~~payments from us (i.e., the ~~value~~Annuity Payout). There are a variety of ~~your~~Annuity ~~Contract~~Payout isOptions ~~less~~from ~~than~~which ~~$50~~you may choose,~~000~~ including payments for life or for a guaranteed period of years. The payments may be fixed or variable or a combination of both. Variable payments will vary based on the performance of the investment options you select.

~~What~~During ~~charges~~the payout phase, you will Ino ~~pay~~longer onbe anable ~~annual~~to ~~basis?~~take withdrawals from your Contract and no amounts will be payable upon death unless the Annuity Payout Option that you selected provides otherwise. Your living benefits generally terminate when you enter the payout phase.

InContract ~~addition to the Annual Maintenance Fee, you pay the following charges each year:~~Features

~~• Mortality~~Accessing ~~and~~Your ~~Expense~~Money. ~~Risk~~Before ~~Charge~~your —Contract ~~This~~is ~~charge~~annuitized, isyou ~~deducted~~can ~~daily~~withdraw ~~and~~money isfrom ~~equal~~your Contract at any time. If you take a withdrawal, you may have to anpay ~~annual~~a surrender charge ofand/or ~~0.45%~~income oftaxes, ~~your~~including ~~Contract~~a ~~Value~~tax ~~invested~~penalty inif ~~the~~you ~~Sub-Accounts~~are younger than age 59½.

~~• Annual~~Tax ~~Fund~~Treatment. ~~Operating~~You ~~Expenses~~can —transfer ~~These~~money ~~are~~between ~~charges~~investment ~~for~~options ~~the~~without ~~Funds~~tax implications, and earnings (if any) on your investments are generally tax-deferred. ~~See~~You ~~the~~are ~~Funds'~~taxed ~~prospectuses~~only ~~for~~upon: ~~more~~(1) ~~complete~~making ~~information~~a withdrawal; (2) receiving a payment from us; or (3) payment of a death benefit.

~~Charges~~Death ~~and~~Benefits. ~~fees~~The ~~may~~Contract ~~have~~includes a ~~significant~~standard ~~impact~~death onbenefit ~~Contract~~that ~~Values~~will ~~and~~pay the ~~investment~~higher ~~performance~~ of ~~Sub-Accounts.~~Contract ~~This~~Value ~~impact~~or ~~may~~total bePremium ~~more~~Payments ~~significant~~(adjusted ~~with~~for ~~Contracts~~prior ~~with~~withdrawals) ~~lower~~upon ~~Contract~~your ~~Values~~or the Annuitant’s death.

~~Can~~Additional IFeatures ~~take~~and ~~out~~Services. ~~any~~Certain ofadditional myfeatures ~~money?~~and services related to the Contract are summarized below. There are no additional charges associated with these features or services unless otherwise indicated. Not all features and services may be available under your Contract.

~~You~~•InvestEase. ~~may~~Allows ~~Surrender all or part of the amounts~~ you ~~have~~to ~~invested at any time before we start making Annuity Payouts. You may~~ have ~~to pay income tax on the~~ money ~~you~~automatically ~~take~~transferred ~~out~~from ~~and,~~your ifchecking ~~you~~or ~~Surrender~~savings ~~before~~account ~~you~~into ~~are~~your ~~age~~Contract ~~591/2,~~on ~~you~~a ~~may~~monthly ~~have~~or toquarterly ~~pay an income tax penalty~~basis. ~~Surrenders may be subject to an MVA.~~

Is•Asset ~~there~~Rebalancing. aAllows ~~Market~~you to automatically rebalance Contract Value ~~Adjustment?~~at a specified frequency to the asset allocation percentages that you previously selected.

~~Surrenders~~•Dollar ~~and~~Cost ~~other withdrawals from a Guarantee Period in our General Account may be subject to an MVA~~Averaging. ~~The~~We ~~MVA~~offer ~~may~~two ~~increase~~Dollar orCost ~~reduce~~Averaging the General Account value of your Contract. An MVA will also be applied to any General Account value that is transferred from the General Account to other Sub-Accounts before the end of the Guarantee Period. The MVA is computed using a formula that is described in this prospectus under "Market Value Adjustment."programs:

~~What~~◦Fixed ~~Investment~~Amount ~~Choices~~DCA. ~~are~~Allows ~~available?~~you to regularly transfer a fixed amount from any Fund Option to another Fund option.

~~You~~◦Earnings/Interest ~~may~~DCA. ~~allocate~~Allows ~~your~~you ~~Premium~~to ~~Payment~~regularly transfer earnings (or ~~Contract~~interest) ~~Values~~from ~~among~~your investments in the ~~following~~Fund ~~investment~~options ~~choices:~~to another Fund option.

~~• The~~Automatic ~~variable~~Income ~~Sub-Accounts~~Program. ~~that~~Allows ~~invest~~you into ~~underlying~~make ~~Funds;~~withdrawals ~~and/~~of up to 10% of your total Premium Payments (or, if an optional withdrawal benefit has been elected, up to the allowable limit under the benefit) annually without any surrender charges that would otherwise apply.

~~• One~~ 4. orFee ~~more Guarantee Periods, which may be subject to an MVA.~~Tables

~~Will~~The ~~Union~~following ~~Security~~tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay awhen ~~Death~~buying, ~~Benefit?~~owning and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Contract. Please refer to your Contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year.

~~There~~The isfirst atable ~~Death~~describes ~~Benefit if~~ the ~~Contract~~fees ~~Owner~~and ~~dies~~expenses ~~before~~that weyou ~~begin to make Annuity Payouts. The Death Benefit amount~~ will ~~remain~~pay ~~invested~~at in the ~~Sub-Accounts~~time ~~according~~that toyou ~~your~~buy, ~~last~~Surrender ~~instructions~~or ~~and~~make ~~will~~withdrawals ~~fluctuate~~from ~~with~~ the ~~performance~~Contract, ofor ~~the~~transfer ~~underlying~~Contract ~~Funds~~value ~~until~~between weinvestment ~~receive~~options. ~~proof~~State ofpremium ~~death~~taxes ~~and~~may ~~complete~~also ~~instructions~~be ~~from the Beneficiary~~deducted.

IfFees ~~death~~and ~~occurs~~expenses ~~before~~do not reflect any advisory fees paid to financial intermediaries from Contract Value or other assets of the ~~Annuity~~Contract ~~Commencement~~Owner, ~~Date~~and that if such charges were reflected, the ~~Death~~fees ~~Benefit~~and isexpenses ~~the~~would ~~greater~~be ~~of:~~higher.

~~• The~~Transaction ~~total Premium Payments you have made to us minus any partial Surrenders and any applicable negative MVA; or~~Expenses

• The Contract Value of your Contract.

What Annuity Payout Options are available?

When it comes time for us to make payouts, you may choose one of the following Annuity Payout Options: Life Annuity, Life Annuity with Payments for 10 or 20 years, Joint and 1/2 Contingent Survivor Annuity, and Joint and Full Survivor Annuity. We may make other Annuity Payout Options available at any time.

You must begin to take payouts by the Annuitant's 110th birthday unless you elect a later date to begin receiving payments subject to the laws and regulations then in effect and our approval. The date you select may have tax consequences, so please check with a qualified tax advisor. If you do not tell us what Annuity Payout Option you want before that time, we will make Automatic Annuity Payouts under the Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 10 Years.

Depending on the investment allocation of your Contract in effect on the Annuity Commencement Date, we will make Automatic Annuity Payouts that are:

• fixed dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts,

• variable dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts, or

• a combination of fixed dollar amount and variable dollar amount Automatic Annuity Payouts.

~~General~~Table ~~Contract~~of ~~Information~~Contents

~~Union~~DuringAccumulation ~~Security~~Period ~~Life~~Deferred ~~Insurance~~Sales ~~Company~~Load (or Contingent Deferred Sales Charge or CDSC) (as a percentage of ~~New~~Premium ~~York~~Payments withdrawn) (1) 7%

~~Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York~~ (~~"Union Security" or the "Company"~~1) Each isPremium ~~the~~Payment ~~issuer~~has ofits ~~the~~own ~~contracts.~~CDSC ~~Union Security is a New York corporation founded in 1971~~schedule. ~~It is qualified to sell life, health and accident insurance and annuity contracts in New York.~~

Union Security is a wholly owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant" or the "Parent") and Assurant is the ultimate parent of Union Security. Assurant, Inc. is a premier provider of specialized insurance products and related services in North America and selected other international markets. Its stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol AIZ.


Number of years from Premium Payment			Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
1			7%
2			6%
3			5%
4			4%
5			3%
6			2%
7			1%
8 or more			0%

~~All~~The ofCDSC ~~the~~is ~~guarantees~~not ~~and~~assessed ~~commitments~~on ~~under~~partial ~~the~~Surrenders ~~contracts~~which ~~are~~do ~~general~~not ~~obligations~~exceed ofthe ~~Union Security~~AWA.See ~~None~~"The ofContract ~~Union~~- ~~Security's~~c. ~~affiliated~~Charges ~~companies~~and ~~has~~Fees ~~any~~- ~~legal~~The ~~obligation~~Contingent toDeferred ~~back~~Sales ~~Union~~Charge ~~Security's~~(Surrender ~~obligations under the contracts~~Charge).

OnThe ~~April~~next 1,table ~~2001,~~describes ~~Union Security entered into an agreement with Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company ("Talcott Resolution") to co-insure~~ the ~~obligations~~fees ofand ~~Union~~expenses ~~Security~~that ~~under~~you ~~the~~will ~~variable~~pay ~~annuity~~each ~~Contracts~~year ~~and~~during ~~to provide administration for~~ the ~~Contracts.~~time ~~Talcott~~that ~~Resolution~~you ~~was~~own ~~originally incorporated under~~ the ~~laws of Wisconsin on January 9~~Contract, ~~1956,~~not ~~and~~including ~~subsequently~~annual ~~redomiciled~~Fund tofees ~~Connecticut. Talcott Resolution's offices are located at 1 Griffin Road North, Windsor, Connecticut 06095-1525. Talcott Resolution is ultimately controlled by Henry Cornell, David I. Schamis,~~ and ~~Robert E~~expenses. ~~Diamond.~~

~~The~~Annual ~~Separate~~Contract ~~Account~~Expenses

~~The~~Base ~~Separate~~Contract ~~Account~~Charges is(as ~~where~~a wepercentage ~~set aside and invest the assets~~ of ~~some~~average ofdaily ~~our~~Sub-Account ~~annuity~~Values) ~~contracts, including this Contract~~1.35%

The ~~Separate~~following ~~Account~~tables ~~was~~show ~~established~~the onminimum ~~October 1, 1993 as "Separate Account A"~~ and ismaximum ~~registered~~total asoperating aexpenses ~~unit~~charged ~~investment~~by ~~trust under~~ the ~~Investment~~Funds ~~Company~~that ~~Act~~you ofmay ~~1940.~~pay ~~This~~periodically ~~registration~~during ~~does not involve supervision by~~ the ~~SEC~~time ofthat ~~the~~you ~~management~~own or the ~~investment practices of the Separate Account, Union Security or Talcott Resolution~~Contract. ~~The~~See ~~Separate~~Appendix ~~Account~~A ~~meets~~for ~~the~~a ~~definition~~complete list of ~~"Separate~~Funds ~~Account"~~available under ~~federal~~the ~~securities~~Contract, ~~law.~~including ~~This~~their ~~Separate~~annual ~~Account holds only assets for variable annuity contracts~~expenses. ~~The Separate Account:~~

• Holds assets for your benefit and the benefit of other Contract Owners, and the persons entitled to the payouts described in the Contract.


Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses	Minimum	Maximum
Annual Fund Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets, including management fees, distribution and/or service fees (12b-1) fees, and other expenses)	0.13%	0.90%

~~• Is not subject to the liabilities arising out of any other business Union Security or Talcott Resolution may conduct.~~EXAMPLE

~~• Is~~This ~~not~~Example ~~affected~~is byintended ~~the~~to ~~rate~~help ofyou ~~return~~compare the cost of ~~Union~~investing ~~Security's~~in ~~General~~this ~~Account~~variable orannuity ~~Talcott~~with ~~Resolution's~~the ~~General~~cost ~~Account~~of orinvesting byin ~~the~~other ~~investment~~variable ~~performance~~annuities. ofThese ~~any~~costs ofinclude ~~Union~~transaction ~~Security's~~expenses, orannual ~~Talcott~~Contract ~~Resolution's~~expenses, ~~other~~and ~~Separate~~annual ~~Accounts~~Fund expenses.

~~• May~~The beExample ~~subject~~assumes tothat ~~liabilities~~you ~~from~~invest $100,000 in a ~~Sub-Account~~specific version and class of the ~~Separate~~Contract ~~Account~~for the time periods indicated. The Example also assumes that ~~holds~~your ~~assets~~investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the most expensive combination of ~~other~~annual ~~variable~~Fund ~~annuity~~expenses. ~~contracts~~The ~~offered~~Example bydoes not reflect any advisory fees paid to financial intermediaries from Contract Value or other assets of the ~~Separate~~Contract ~~Account~~Owner, ~~which~~and ~~are~~that ~~not~~if ~~described~~such incharges ~~this~~were ~~prospectus~~reflected, costs would be higher. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

~~• Is~~(1) If ~~credited~~you ~~with~~Surrender ~~income~~your ~~and~~Contract ~~gains,~~at ~~and~~the ~~takes~~end ~~losses,~~of ~~whether or not realized, from~~ the ~~assets~~applicable ittime ~~holds.~~period:

We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account. There is no assurance that the value of your Contract will equal the total of the payments you make to us.


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$8,795	$12,022	$15,169	$26,069

~~The~~(2) If ~~Funds~~you annuitize at the end of the applicable time period or if you do not Surrender your Contract:

Funding Option Investment Objective Summary Investment Adviser/Sub-Adviser Fixed Accumulation Feature* Preservation of capital General Account AB Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. AB VPS International Growth Portfolio - Class A Seeks long term growth of capital AllianceBernstein, L.P. AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio - Class A Seeks long-term growth of capital AllianceBernstein, L.P. AIM Variable Insurance Funds Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of capital Invesco Advisers, Inc. Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of capital Invesco Advisers, Inc. Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund - Series I** Seeks to provide current income consistent with preservation of capital and liquidity Invesco Advisers, Inc. Invesco V.I. Technology Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of capital Invesco Advisers, Inc.

American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.

American Century VP Balanced Fund - Class I

Seeks long-term capital growth and current income

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

American Century VP Capital Appreciation Fund - Class I

Seeks capital growth

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.

BlackRock S&P 500 Index V.I. Fund - Class I

Seeks investment results that, before expenses, correspond to the aggregate price and yield performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (the “S&P 500”).

BlackRock Advisors, LLC

Federated Hermes Insurance Series

Federated Hermes Fund for U.S. Government Securities II

Seeks to provide current income

Federated Investment Management Company

Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II

Seeks high current income

Federated Investment Management Company

Federated Hermes Managed Volatility Fund II

Seeks to achieve high current income and moderate capital appreciation

Federated Global Investment Management Corp. (“Fed Global”), Federated Investment Management Company (FIMCO) and Federated Equity Management Company of Pennsylvania (FEMCOPA) (collectively, the “Co-Advisers”)

Hartford Series Fund, Inc.

Hartford Ultrashort Bond HLS Fund - Class IA

Seeks total return and income consistent with preserving capital and maintaining liquidity

Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC, Sub-advised by Wellington Management Company LLP

MFS® Variable Insurance Trust

MFS® Growth Series - Initial Class

Seeks capital appreciation

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

MFS® Variable Insurance Trust II

MFS® High Yield Portfolio - Initial Class

Seeks total return with an emphasis on high current income, but also considering capital appreciation

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

MFS® Income Portfolio - Initial Class

Seeks total return with an emphasis on high current income, but also considering capital appreciation

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust

NVIT Emerging Markets Fund - Class D

Seeks long-term capital growth by investing primarily in equity securities of companies located in emerging market countries.

Nationwide Fund Advisors, Sub-advised by Lazard Asset Management, LLC and Standard Life Investments (Corporate Funds) Limited

Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust

Sustainable Equity Portfolio - Class I

Seeks long-term growth of capital

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC

Short Duration Bond Portfolio

Seeks highest available current income consistent with liquidity and low risk to principal; total return is a secondary goal

Neuberger Berman Management LLC, Sub-advised by Neuberger Berman Fixed Income LLC

Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust

Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio - Class I

Seeks reasonable income and capital growth

Amundi Asset Management US, Inc.

Pioneer Select Mid Cap Growth VCT Portfolio - Class I

Seeks long-term capital growth

Amundi Asset Management US, Inc.

Table of Contents


1 year	3 years	5 years	10 years
$2,306	$7,107	$12,169	$26,069

5. Principal Risks of Investing in the Contract

Risk of Loss. You can lose money by investing in this Contract, including loss of principal. The value of your Contract is not guaranteed by the U.S. government or any federal government agency, insured by the FDIC, or guaranteed by any bank.

Short-Term Investment Risk. This Contract is not designed for short-term investing and may not be appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The benefits of tax deferral, long-term income, and living benefit protections mean that this Contract is more beneficial to investors with a long-time horizon. A Surrender charge may apply to Surrenders exceeding the AWA.

Fund Options Risk. Amounts that you invest in the Sub-Accounts are subject to the risk of poor investment performance. You assume all of the investment risk. Generally, if the Sub-Accounts you select make money, your Contract Value goes up, and if they lose money, your Contract Value goes down. Each Sub-Account’s performance depends on the performance of its underlying Fund. Each Fund has its own investment risks, and you are exposed to a Fund’s investment risks when you invest in the corresponding Sub-Account.

Withdrawal Risk. You should carefully consider the risks associated with Surrenders under the Contract. If you make a Surrender prior to age 59½, there may be adverse tax consequences, including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the taxable portion of the Surrender. Surrenders before age 59½ may also affect the tax-qualified status of some Contracts. You should also consider the impact that a partial Surrender may have on the standard benefits under your Contract. Partial Surrenders will reduce the value of your Death Benefit. You cannot make withdrawals from the Contract after it is annuitized unless the Annuity Payout Option you selected provides otherwise.

Advisory Fee Withdrawal Risk. If you receive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee is subject to surrender charges and will count toward your Annual Withdrawal Amount. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees will also reduce death benefits under the Contract and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax.

Transfer Risk. You are allowed to make only one transfer between the Sub-Accounts per day, and you are allowed to only make 20 transfers between the Sub-Accounts per year before we require you to submit additional transfer requests by mail. Any transfer restrictions under the Contract that are applicable to you may limit your ability to readily change how your Contract Value is invested in response to changing market conditions or changes in your personal circumstances.

Guarantee Period Risk. A Guarantee Period may not be appropriate for you if you do not expect to remain invested in the Guarantee Period until its maturity, which could be several years. Withdrawing, transferring, or annuitizing amounts in a Guarantee Period more than 15 days before or after the end of the Guarantee Period may result in a negative MVA, depending on market conditions and the length of time remaining in the Guarantee Period. A negative MVA could significantly reduce the value of your investment.

Financial Strength and Claims-Paying Ability Risk. Union Security is the insurance company that issued your Contract. All guarantees under the Contract are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying capabilities. If we experience financial distress, we may not be able to meet our obligations to you. All guarantees and obligations under any Guarantee Period are subject to our financial strength and claims paying ability. See Section 13. Further Information About Union Security Insurance Company for financial information about Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York.

Cybersecurity and Business Interruption Risk. Our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, so our business is vulnerable to systems failures and cyber-attacks. Systems failures and cyber-attacks may adversely affect us, your Contract and your Contract Value. In addition to cybersecurity risks, we are exposed to the risk that natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes may significantly disrupt our business operations and our ability to administer the Contract. There can be no assurance that we or our service providers will be able to successfully avoid negative impacts associated with systems failures, cyber-attacks, or natural and man-made disasters and catastrophes.

6. General Contract Information

a.Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York ("Union Security" or the "Company") is the issuer of the contracts. Union Security is a New York corporation founded in 1971. It is qualified to sell life, health and accident insurance and annuity contracts in New York. Union Security's offices are located at 55 Broadway, Suite 2901, New York, New York 10006.

VanEck VIP Trust

VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund - Initial Class (formerly VanEck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund)

Seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in hard asset securities. Income is a secondary consideration.

Van Eck Associates Corporation

VanEck VIP Emerging Markets Bond Fund - Initial Class

Seeks high total return - income plus capital appreciation - by investing globally, primarily in a variety of debt securities

Van Eck Associates Corporation

Voya Investors Trust

VY® JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio - Class I

Seeks capital appreciation

Voya Investments, LLC, Sub-advised by J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

Voya Variable Portfolios, Inc.

Voya Global High Dividend Low Volatility Portfolio - Class S

Seeks long-term growth of capital and current income

Voya Investments, LLC, Sub-advised by Voya Investment Management Co. LLC

Wells Fargo Variable Trust Funds

Wells Fargo VT Discovery Fund - Class 2

Seeks long-term capital appreciation

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, Sub-advised by Wells Capital Management Incorporated

Table of Contents

*America ~~The Fixed Accumulation Feature is not a Sub-Account~~ and ~~the~~selected ~~Company~~other ~~does~~international ~~not provide investment advice in connection with this feature~~markets. **Its Instock ais ~~low~~traded ~~interest~~on ~~rate environment, yields for money market funds, after deduction of Contract charges, may be negative even though~~ the ~~fund’s~~New ~~yield,~~York ~~before~~Stock ~~deducting~~Exchange ~~for~~under such charges, is positive. If you allocate a portion of your Contact value to a money market Sub-Account or participate in an Asset Allocation Program where Contact value is allocated to a money market Sub-Account, that portion of the ~~value~~symbol ~~of your Contract value may decrease in value~~AIZ.

WeAll doof ~~not guarantee~~ the ~~investment~~guarantees ~~results~~and ofcommitments ~~any~~under of the ~~underlying~~contracts ~~Funds.~~including ~~Since~~the ~~each~~Death ~~underlying~~Benefit ~~Fund~~and ~~has~~Annuity ~~different investment objectives~~Payout, ~~each~~and isthe ~~subject~~guarantees tounder ~~different~~the ~~risks.~~Fixed ~~These~~Accumulation ~~risks~~Feature and ~~the~~any ~~Funds'~~Guarantee ~~expenses~~Period are ~~more~~general ~~fully~~obligations ~~described~~of inUnion ~~the Funds' prospectus~~Security, ~~and~~subject ~~the~~to ~~Funds~~Union Security's ~~Statement~~financial ofstrength ~~Additional~~and ~~Information~~claims-paying ~~which~~ability. ~~may~~None beof ~~ordered~~Union ~~from~~Security's ~~us.~~affiliated ~~The~~companies ~~Funds'~~has ~~prospectus~~any ~~should~~legal beobligation ~~read~~to inback ~~conjunction~~Union ~~with~~Security's ~~this~~obligations ~~Prospectus~~under ~~before~~the ~~investing~~contracts.

On April 1, 2001, Union Security entered into an agreement with Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company ("Talcott Resolution") to co-insure the obligations of Union Security under the variable annuity Contracts and to provide administration for the Contracts. Talcott Resolution was originally incorporated under the laws of Massachusetts on June 5, 1902, and subsequently redomiciled to Connecticut. Talcott Resolution's corporate offices are located at 1 American Row, Hartford, CT 06103. Talcott Resolution is ultimately controlled by A. Michael Muscolino and Alan Waxman.

b. The General Account

All of the guarantees and commitments under the Contracts including the Death Benefit and Annuity Payout, and the guarantees under any Guarantee Period are general obligations of Union Security, subject to Union Security's financial strength and claims-paying ability. None of Union Security's affiliated companies has any legal obligation to back Union Security's obligations under the Contracts. We invest the assets of the General Account according to the laws governing the investments of insurance company general accounts. The General Account is not a bank account and is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. We receive a benefit from all amounts held in our General Account. Amounts in our General Account are available to our general creditors. We issue other types of insurance policies and financial products and pay our obligations under these products from our assets in the General Account.

c. The Separate Account

The Sub-Accounts are part of Separate Account A of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York, a segregated asset account of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York. The Separate Account is registered as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act and was established on October 14, 1987. The Separate Account meets the definition of “separate account” under federal securities laws. The Separate Account holds only assets for variable annuity contracts.

The Separate Account:

•is credited with income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against, the Separate Account that reflect the Separate Account's own investment experience and not the investment experience of our other assets, including our General Account or our other separate accounts; and

•may not be used to pay any of our liabilities other than those arising from the Contracts and other variable annuities supported by the Separate Account.

Union Security is obligated to pay all amounts guaranteed to investors under the Contract. We do not guarantee the investment results of the Separate Account.

d. The Funds

The Sub-Accounts are subdivisions of our Separate Account, an account that keeps your Contract assets separate from our company assets. The Sub-Accounts then purchase shares of mutual funds set up exclusively for variable annuity or variable life insurance products. These are not the same mutual funds that you buy through your investment professional even though they may have similar investment strategies and the same portfolio managers. Each Fund has varying degrees of investment risk. Funds are also subject to separate fees and expenses such as management fees, distribution charges and operating expenses. We do not guarantee the investment results of any Fund. Certain Funds may not be available to you.

Information regarding each Fund, including (i) its name, (ii) its type, (iii) its investment adviser and any sub-investment adviser, (iv) current expenses, and (v) performance is available in an appendix to this prospectus. See Appendix A - Funds Available Under the Contract. Each Fund has issued a prospectus that contains more detailed information about the Fund. Read these prospectuses carefully before investment. Paper or electronic copies of the Fund prospectuses may be obtained by calling us at 1-800-862-6668, emailing us at asccontactus@talcottresolution.com or visiting: https://vpx.broadridge.com/GetContract1.asp?clientid=talcottvpx&fundid=34956F505.

The Funds may not be available in all states.

Mixed and Shared Funding — Shares of the Funds may be sold to our other separate accounts and our insurance company affiliates or other unaffiliated insurance companies to serve as the underlying investment for both variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, a practice known as "mixed and shared funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners, and of owners of other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more of these other separate accounts investing in any one of the Funds. In the event of any such material conflicts, we will consider what action may be appropriate, including removing the Fund from the Separate Account or replacing the Fund with another underlying fund. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding. These risks are disclosed in the Funds' prospectus.

Voting Rights — We are the legal owners of all Fund shares held in the Separate Account and we have the right to vote at the Funds’ shareholder meetings. To the extent required by federal securities laws or regulations, we will:

•notify you of any Fund shareholders’ meeting if the shares held for your Contract may be voted;

•send proxy materials and a form of instructions that you can use to tell us how to vote the Fund shares held for your Contract;

•arrange for the handling and tallying of proxies received from Owners;

•vote all Fund shares attributable to your Contract according to timely instructions received from you, and

Table of Contents

•vote all Fund shares for which no timely voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which timely voting instructions have been received.

If any federal securities laws or regulations, or their present interpretation, change to permit us to vote Fund shares on our own, we may decide to do so. You may attend any shareholder meeting at which Fund shares held for your Contract may be voted. After we begin to make Annuity Payouts to you, the number of votes you have will decrease. There is no minimum number of shares for which we must receive timely voting instructions before we vote the shares. Therefore, as a result of proportional voting, the instruction of a small number of Owners could determine the outcome of matters subject to shareholder vote.

Substitutions, Additions, or Deletions of Funds — We reserve the right, subject to any applicable law, to make certain changes to the Funds offered under your Contract. We may, in our sole discretion, establish new Funds. New Funds will be made available to existing Contract Owners as we determine appropriate. We may also close one or more Funds to additional Premium Payments or transfers from existing Sub-Accounts. Unless otherwise directed, investment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the Fund surviving after any merger, substitution or liquidation.

We may eliminate the shares of any of the Funds from the Contract for any reason and we may substitute shares of another registered investment company for the shares of any Fund already purchased or to be purchased in the future by the Separate Account. To the extent required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"), substitutions of shares attributable to your interest in a Fund will not be made until we have ~~the~~satisfied ~~approval~~applicable oflaw ~~the Commission~~ and we have notified you of the change.

In the event of any substitution or change, we may, by appropriate endorsement, make any changes in the Contract necessary or appropriate to reflect the substitution or change. If we decide that it is in the best interest of Contract Owners, the Separate Account may be operated as a management company under the 1940 Act or any other form permitted by law, may be deregistered under the 1940 Act in the event such registration is no longer required, or may be combined with one or more other Separate Accounts.

Administrative and Distribution Services — Union Security has entered into agreements with the investment advisers or distributors of many of the Funds. Under the terms of these agreements, Union Security, or its agents, provide administrative and distribution related services and the Funds pay fees that are usually based on an annual percentage of the average daily net assets of the Funds. These agreements may be different for each Fund or each Fund family and may include fees under a distribution and/or servicing plan adopted by a Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Fees We Receive from Funds and related parties — WeTalcott ~~receive~~Resolution receives substantial and varying administrative service payments and Rule 12b-1 fees from certain Funds or related parties. These types of payments and fees are sometimes referred to as "revenue sharing" payments. WeTalcott ~~consider~~Resolution considers revenue sharing payments and fees among a number of factors when deciding to add or keep a fund on the menu of Funds that we offer through the Contract. WeTalcott ~~collect~~Resolution collects these payments and fees under agreements ~~between~~with ~~us and~~ a Fund's principal underwriter, transfer agent, investment adviser and/or other entities related to the Fund. WeTalcott ~~expect~~Resolution expects to make a profit on these fees.

The availability of these types of arrangements creates an incentive for us to seek and offer Funds (and classes of shares of such Funds) that pay us revenue sharing. Other funds (or available classes of shares) may have lower fees and better overall investment performance.

As of December 31, ~~2020~~2023, we have entered into arrangements to receive administrative service payments and/or Rule 12b-1 fees from each of the following Fund complexes (or affiliated entities): AllianceBernstein Variable Products Series Funds & Alliance Bernstein Investments, American Century Investment Services, Inc, Federated Securities Corp, Hartford HLS Funds, Invesco Advisors Inc., MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. & Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC, Nationwide Fund Advisors, Neuberger Berman Management Inc, Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust & Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. & Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc., Van Eck Securities Corp; Van Eck Fund, Inc; Van Eck World Wide Investment Trust Funds, LLC, Voya Investment Management, and Wells Fargo Variable Trust.

Not all Fund complexes pay the same amounts of revenue sharing payments and/or Rule 12b-1 fees. Therefore, the amount of fees we collect may be greater or smaller based on the Funds you select. Revenue sharing and Rule 12b-1 fees did not exceed 0.25% in ~~2020~~2023, of the annual percentage of the average daily net assets (for instance, assuming that you invested in a Fund that paid us the maximum fees and you maintained a hypothetical average balance of $10,000, we would collect $7525 from that fund). We will endeavor to update this listing annually and interim arrangements may not be reflected. For the fiscal year ended December 31, ~~2020~~2023, revenue sharing and Rule 12b-1 fees did not exceed $1.42 million. ~~These fees do not take into consideration indirect benefits received by offering HLS Funds as investment options.~~

~~Performance~~e. ~~Related~~Guarantee ~~Information~~Periods

~~The~~Any ~~Separate~~amount you allocate to our General Account ~~may~~under ~~advertise~~this ~~certain~~Contract ~~performance-related~~earns ~~information~~a ~~concerning~~guaranteed interest rate beginning on the ~~Sub-Accounts~~date you make the allocation. ~~Performance~~The ~~information~~guaranteed ~~about~~interest rate continues for the number of years you select, up to a ~~Sub-Account~~maximum isof ~~based~~ten onyears. We call this a Guarantee Period. At the ~~Sub-Account's~~end ~~past~~of ~~performance~~your ~~only~~Guarantee ~~and~~Period, your Contract Value, including accrued interest, will be allocated to a new Guarantee Period that is nothe ~~indication~~same oflength ~~future~~as ~~performance~~your original Guarantee Period. However,

When a Sub-Account advertises its standardized total return, it will usually be calculated from the date of either the Separate Account's inception or the Sub-Account's inception, whichever is later, one year, five years, and ten years or some other relevant periods if the Sub-Account has not been in existence for at least ten years. Total return is measured by comparing the value of an investment in the Sub-Account at the beginning of the relevant period to the value of the investment at the end of the period. Total return calculations reflect a deduction for Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses, Separate Account Annual Expenses without any optional charge deductions, and the Annual Maintenance Fee.

The Separate Account may also advertise non-standardized total returns that pre-date the inception of the Separate Account. These non-standardized total returns are calculated by assuming that the Sub-Accounts have been in existence

~~for~~Table ~~the~~of same periods as the underlying Funds and by taking deductions for charges equal to those currently assessed against the Sub-Accounts. Non-standardized total return calculations reflect a deduction for Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses and Separate Account Annual Expenses without any optional charge deductions, and do not include deduction for the Annual Maintenance Fee. This means the non-standardized total return for a Sub-Account is higher than the standardized total return for a Sub-Account. These non-standardized returns must be accompanied by standardized returns.Contents

Ifyou ~~applicable,~~may reallocate your Contract Value to different then available Guarantee Periods or to the Sub-Accounts. ~~may~~If ~~advertise~~you ~~yield~~decide into ~~addition~~reallocate toyour ~~total~~Contract ~~return~~Value, you must do so by sending us a written request. ~~This~~We ~~yield~~must isreceive ~~based~~your onwritten request at least three business days before the ~~30-day~~end ~~SEC~~of ~~yield~~your Guarantee Period. The first day of ~~the~~your ~~Underlying~~new ~~Fund~~Guarantee ~~less~~Period or other reallocation will be the ~~recurring~~day ~~charges~~after the end of your previous Guarantee Period. We will notify you at least 45 days and not more than 60 days before the ~~Separate~~end ~~Account~~of ~~level~~your Guarantee Period.

AEach ~~money~~Guarantee ~~market~~Period ~~Sub-Account~~has ~~may~~its ~~advertise~~own ~~yield~~guaranteed ~~and~~interest ~~effective~~rate, ~~yield.~~which ~~The~~may ~~yield~~differ offrom aother ~~Sub-Account~~Guarantee ~~over~~Periods. aWe ~~seven-day~~will, ~~period~~at ~~and~~our ~~then annualized~~discretion, ~~i.e.~~change the ~~income~~guaranteed ~~earned~~interest inrate ~~the~~for ~~period~~future isGuarantee ~~assumed~~Periods. toThese bechanges ~~earned~~will ~~every~~not ~~seven~~affect ~~days~~the ~~over~~guaranteed ainterest ~~52-week~~rates ~~period~~we ~~and~~are ~~stated~~paying ason acurrent ~~percentage~~Guarantee ofPeriods. ~~the~~The ~~investment.~~guaranteed ~~Effective~~interest ~~yield~~rate iswill ~~calculated~~never ~~similarly~~be ~~but~~less ~~when~~than ~~annualized,~~an ~~the~~effective ~~income~~annual ~~earned~~rate byof ~~the~~4%. ~~investment~~We iscannot ~~compounded~~predict inor assure the ~~course~~level of aany ~~52-week~~future ~~period.~~guaranteed ~~Yield~~interest ~~and~~rates ~~effective~~in ~~yield~~excess ~~include~~of ~~the~~an ~~recurring~~effective ~~charges~~annual atrate ~~the~~of ~~Separate Account level~~4%.

We may provide information on various topics to Contract Owners and prospective Contract Owners in advertising, sales literature or other materials. These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment strategies and techniques (such as systematic investing, Dollar Cost Averaging and asset allocation), the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred and taxable instruments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, and other investment alternatives, including comparisons between the Contract and the characteristics of and market for such alternatives.

Guarantee Periods

Any amount you allocate to our General Account under this Contract earns a guaranteed interest rate beginning on the date you make the allocation. The guaranteed interest rate continues for the number of years you select, up to a maximum of ten years. We call this a Guarantee Period. At the end of your Guarantee Period, your Contract Value, including accrued interest, will be allocated to a new Guarantee Period that is the same length as your original Guaranteed Period. However, you may reallocate your Contract Value to different then available Guarantee Periods or to the Sub-Accounts. If you decide to reallocate your Contract Value, you must do so by sending us a written request. We must receive your written request at least three business days before the end of your Guarantee Period. The first day of your new Guarantee Period or other reallocation will be the day after the end of your previous Guarantee Period. We will notify you at least 45 days and not more than 75 days before the end of your Guarantee Period.

Each Guarantee Period has its own guaranteed interest rate, which may differ from other Guarantee Periods. We may, at our discretion, change the guaranteed interest rate for future Guarantee Periods. These changes will not affect the guaranteed interest rates we are paying on current Guarantee Periods. The guaranteed interest rate will never be less than an effective annual rate of 3%. Union Security's Management makes the final determination on the guaranteed interest rates to be declared. We cannot predict or assure the level of any future guaranteed interest rates in excess of an effective annual rate of 3%.

We declare the guaranteed interest rates from time to time as market conditions dictate. We advise you of the guaranteed interest rate for a Guarantee Period at the time we receive a Premium Payment from you, or at the time we execute a transfer you have requested, or at the time a Guarantee Period is renewed. You may obtain information concerning the guaranteed interest rates that apply to the various Guarantee Periods. You may obtain this information from our home office or from your sales representative at any time.

The maximum amount you can invest in a Guarantee Period is $500,000.

We do not have a specific formula for establishing the guaranteed interest rates for the Guarantee Periods. Guaranteed interest rates may be influenced by the available interest rates on the investments we acquire with the amounts you allocate for a particular Guarantee Period. Guaranteed interest rates do not necessarily correspond to the available interest rates on the investments we acquire with the amounts you allocate for a particular Guarantee Period. In addition, when we determine guaranteed interest rates, we may consider:

• the duration of a Guarantee Period;,

• regulatory and tax requirements;,

• sales and administrative expenses we bear;,

• risks we assume;,

• our profitability objectives;, and

• general economic trends.

12Asset Rebalancing is not available for the Guarantee Periods.

~~Market~~Please ~~Value~~see ~~Adjustment~~section 11.a. "State Variations" for more information.

~~Except~~f. asMarket ~~described~~Value ~~below,~~Adjustment wefor ~~will apply a MVA to any general account value that is surrendered, transferred, or otherwise paid out (annuitized) before the end of a~~ Guarantee Period. For example, we will apply an MVA to the general account value that we pay as an amount applied to distributions on the death of the Annuitant, an Annuity Payout option, or as an amount paid as a single sum in lieu of an Annuity Payout.Periods

~~The~~Except ~~purpose~~as ofdescribed ~~the~~below, ~~MVA~~we iswill toapply ~~generally~~an ~~transfer~~MVA ~~the risk~~ to ~~you~~any ofgeneral ~~prematurely~~account ~~liquidating~~value ~~your~~invested ~~investment. The MVA reflects both the amount of time left~~ in ~~your Guarantee period and the difference between the rate of interest credited to your current Guarantee period and the interest rate we are crediting to~~ a ~~new~~ Guarantee Period ~~with~~that ais ~~duration~~surrendered, ~~equal~~transferred, toor ~~the~~otherwise ~~amount~~paid ofout ~~time~~(annuitized) ~~left~~before ~~in your Guarantee Period. If your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is lower than~~ the ~~sum~~end of the ~~new~~ Guarantee Period. ~~interest~~For ~~rate and the MVA factor~~example, ~~then~~we ~~the~~will ~~application~~apply ofan ~~the~~ MVA ~~will~~to ~~reduce~~ the ~~amount~~general ~~you~~account ~~receive~~value orthat ~~transfer. Conversely, if your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is higher than the sum of the rate of interest~~ we ~~are~~pay ~~crediting~~as ~~for~~an ~~the~~amount ~~new~~applied ~~Guarantee~~to ~~Period~~an ~~and~~Annuity ~~the~~Payout ~~MVA factor~~option, ~~then~~or ~~the~~as ~~application~~an ~~of the MVA will increase the~~ amount ~~you~~paid ~~receive~~as ~~or transfer. You will find~~ a ~~sample~~single ~~Market~~sum ~~Value~~in ~~Adjustment~~lieu ~~calculation~~of inan ~~Appendix~~Annuity IPayout.

The purpose of the MVA is to generally transfer the risk to you of prematurely liquidating your investment. The MVA reflects both the amount of time left in your Guarantee period and the difference between the rate of interest credited to your current Guarantee period and the interest rate we are crediting to a new Guarantee Period with a duration equal to the amount of time left in your Guarantee Period. If your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is lower than the sum of the new Guarantee Period interest rate and the MVA factor, then the application of the MVA will reduce the amount you receive or transfer. Conversely, if your Guarantee Period's rate of interest is higher than the sum of the rate of interest we are crediting for the new Guarantee Period and the MVA factor, then the application of the MVA will increase the amount you receive or transfer. You will find a sample MVA calculation in Appendix B.

We do not apply an MVA to withdrawals and transfers of the general account value in the following circumstances:

1. Surrenders during a 30 day period that begins 15 days before the end of the Guarantee Period in which the general account value was being held, and that ends 15 days after the end of the Guarantee Period in which the general account value was being held; and

2. Surrenders or transfers from a Guarantee Period on a periodic, automatic basis. This exception only applies to such withdrawals or transfers under a formal company program. We may impose conditions and limitations on any formal company program for the withdrawal or transfer of general account values. Ask your representative about the availability of such a program in your state and applicable conditions and limitations.

~~The Contract~~12

~~Purchases~~Table ~~and~~of ~~Contract Value~~Contents

7. The Contract

a.Purchases and Contract Value

What types of Contracts are available?

The Contract is an individual or group tax-deferred variable annuity contract. It is designed for retirement planning purposes and may be purchased by any individual, group or trust, including:

• Any trustee or custodian for a retirement plan qualified under Sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code;

• Individual Retirement Annuities adopted according to Section 408 of the Code;

• Employee pension plans established for employees by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or an agency of either a state or a political subdivision of a state; and

• Certain eligible deferred compensation plans as defined in Section 457 of the Code.

We will no longer accept additional Premium Payments into any individual annuity contract funded through a 403(b) plan.

The examples above represent Qualified Contracts, as defined by the Code. In addition, individuals and trusts can also purchase Contracts that are not part of a tax qualified retirement plan. These are known as Non-Qualified Contracts.

If you are purchasing the Contract for use in an IRA or other qualified retirement plan, you should consider other features of the Contract besides tax deferral, since any investment vehicle used within an IRA or other qualified plan receives tax-deferred treatment under the Code.

How do I purchase a Contract?

This Contract is no longer available for new sales.

Premium Payments sent to us must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be drawn on U.S. banks. We do not accept cash, third party checks or double endorsed checks. We reserve the right to limit the number of checks processed at one time. If your check does not clear, your purchase will be cancelled and you could be liable for any losses or fees incurred. A check must clear our account through our Administrative Office to be considered to be in good order.

Premium Payments may not exceed $1 million without our prior approval. We reserve the right to impose special conditions on anyone who seeks our approval to exceed this limit.

You and your Annuitant must not be older than age 85 on the date that your Contract is issued. You must be of minimum legal age in the state where the Contract is being purchased or a guardian must act on your behalf. ~~Optional riders are subject to additional maximum issue age restrictions.~~

It is important that you notify us if you change your address. If your mail is returned to us, we are likely to suspend future mailings until an updated address is obtained. In addition, we may rely on a third party, including the US Postal Service, to update your current address. Failure to give us a current address may result in payments due and payable on your annuity contract being considered abandoned property under state law, and remitted to the applicable state.

Replacement of Annuities

A "replacement" occurs when a new contract is purchased and, in connection with the sale, an existing contract is surrendered, lapsed, forfeited, assigned to the replacing insurer, otherwise terminated, or used in a financed purchase. A "financed purchase" occurs when the purchase of a new annuity contract involves the use of the funds obtained from the values of an existing annuity contract through Withdrawal, Surrender or loan.

There are circumstances in which replacing your existing annuity contract can benefit you. However, a replacement may not be in your best interest. Accordingly, you should make a careful comparison of the cost and benefits of your existing contract and the proposed contract with the assistance of your financial and tax advisers to determine whether replacement is in your best interest. You should be aware that the person selling you the new contract will generally earn a commission if you buy the new contract through a replacement. Remember that if you replace a contract with another contract, you might have to pay a surrender charge on the replaced contract, and there may be a new surrender charge period for the new contract. In addition, other charges may be higher (or lower) and the benefits may be different.

You should also note that once you have replaced your variable annuity contract, you generally cannot reinstate it even if you choose not to accept your new variable annuity contract during your "free look" period. The only exception to this rule would be if your previously issued contract was issued in a state that requires the insurer to reinstate the previously surrendered contract if the owner chooses to reject their new variable annuity contract during their "free look" period.

How are Premium Payments applied to my Contract?

Your initial Premium Payment will be invested within two Valuation Days of our receipt of both a properly completed application /order request and the Premium Payment. If we receive your subsequent Premium Payment before the close of the New York Stock Exchange, it will be priced on the same Valuation Day. If we receive your Premium Payment after the close of the New York Stock Exchange, it will be invested on the next Valuation Day. If we receive your subsequent Premium Payment on a Non-Valuation Day, the amount will be invested on the next Valuation Day. Unless we receive new instructions, we will invest the Premium Payment based on your last allocation instructions on record. We will send you a confirmation when we invest your Premium Payment.

Table of Contents

If the request or other information accompanying the initial Premium Payment is incomplete when received, we will hold the money in a non-interest bearing account for up to five Valuation Days (from the Valuation Day that we actually receive your initial Premium Payment at our Administrative Office together with the Premium Payment) while we try to obtain complete information. If we cannot obtain the information within five Valuation Days, we will either return the Premium Payment and explain why the Premium Payment could not be processed or keep the Premium Payment if you authorize us to keep it until you provide the necessary information.

~~Can~~If Iyou ~~cancel~~receive myservices for your Contract ~~after~~from Ia ~~purchase~~third-party ~~it?~~financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, that fee is in addition to Contract fees and expenses. If you elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, the deduction for that fee is subject to surrender charges and will count toward your Annual Withdrawal Amount. Withdrawals to pay advisory fees will also reduce, perhaps significantly, death benefits and other guaranteed benefits under the Contract and may be subject to federal and state income taxes and a 10% federal penalty tax. See Section 7.c. Charges and Fees, Section 9. Death Benefits and Section 13. Federal Tax Considerations for more information.

~~If,~~Contract ~~for~~Owners ~~any~~should ~~reason,~~discuss ~~you~~the ~~are~~impact ~~not~~of ~~satisfied~~deducting ~~with~~advisory ~~your~~fees from Contract, ~~simply~~Value ~~return it within ten days after you receive it~~ with atheir ~~written~~financial ~~request~~intermediaries ~~for~~prior ~~cancellation that indicates your tax-withholding instructions. In some states, you may be allowed more time~~ to ~~cancel~~making ~~your~~any ~~Contract~~election. ~~We may require additional information, including a signature guarantee, before we can cancel your Contract.~~

Unless otherwise required by state law, we will pay you your Contract Value as of the Valuation Date we receive your request to cancel and will refund any sales or contract charges incurred during the period you owned the Contract. The Contract Value may be more or less than your Premium Payments depending upon the investment performance of your Account. This means that you bear the risk of any decline in your Contract Value until we receive your notice of cancellation. In certain states, however, we are required to return your Premium Payment without deduction for any fees or charges.

How is the value of my Contract calculated before the Annuity Commencement Date?

The Contract Value is the sum of all Accounts. There are two things that affect your Sub-Account value: (1) the number of Accumulation Units and (2) the Accumulation Unit Value. The Sub-Account value is determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units by the Accumulation Unit Value. On any Valuation Day, your Contract Value ~~reflects~~will ~~the~~fluctuate ~~investment~~because ~~performance~~Accumulation ofUnit ~~the~~Values ~~Sub-Accounts~~are ~~and~~affected ~~will~~by ~~fluctuate with~~ the performance of the underlying Funds and the deduction of expenses and certain charges in the Sub-Account.

When Premium Payments are credited to your Sub-Accounts, they are converted into Accumulation Units by dividing the amount of your Premium Payments, minus any Premium Taxes, by the Accumulation Unit Value for that day. The more Premium Payments you make to your Contract, the more Accumulation Units you will own. You decrease the number of Accumulation Units you have by requesting Surrenders, transferring money out of an Account, settling a Death Benefit claim or by annuitizing your Contract.

To determine the current Accumulation Unit Value, we take the prior Valuation Day's Accumulation Unit Value and multiply it by the Net Investment Factor for the current Valuation Day.

The Net Investment Factor is used to measure the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Day to the next. The Net Investment Factor for each Sub-Account equals:

• The net asset value per share plus applicable distributions per share of each Fund at the end of the current Valuation Day divided by

• The net asset value per share of each Fund at the end of the prior Valuation Day; multiplied by

• The daily expense factor for the mortality and expense risk charge adjusted for the number of days in the period, and any other applicable charges.

WeIf ~~will~~you ~~send~~elect ~~you~~to pay an advisory fee to a ~~statement~~third-party atfinancial ~~least~~intermediary ~~annually,~~for ~~which~~advisory ~~tells~~services ~~you~~by ~~how~~taking ~~many~~withdrawals ~~Accumulation~~from ~~Units~~your ~~you~~Contract ~~have~~Value, ~~their~~the ~~value~~deduction ~~and~~for ~~your~~that ~~total~~fee ~~Contract~~will ~~Value~~result in the cancellation of accumulation units.

~~A Contract's Guarantee Period value is guaranteed by Union Security.~~ We ~~bear~~will ~~the~~send ~~investment~~you ~~risk with respect to amounts allocated to~~ a ~~Guarantee~~statement Period, except to the extent that (1) we may vary the guaranteed interest rate for future Guarantee Periods (subject to the 3% effective annual minimum) and (2) the MVA imposes investment risks on you. The Contract's Guarantee Period value on any Valuation Date is the sum of its general account values in each ~~Guarantee~~calendar ~~Period~~quarter, onwhich ~~that~~tells ~~date.~~you ~~The~~how ~~general~~many ~~account~~Accumulation ~~value~~Units inyou ~~a Guarantee Period is equal to the following amounts~~have, intheir ~~each~~value ~~case~~and ~~increased~~your bytotal ~~accrued~~Contract ~~interest at the applicable guaranteed interest rate:~~Value.

A Contract's Guarantee Period value is guaranteed by Union Security. We bear the investment risk with respect to amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period, except to the extent that (1) we may vary the guaranteed interest rate for future Guarantee Periods (subject to the 4% effective annual minimum) and (2) the MVA imposes investment risks on you. The Contract's Guarantee Period value on any Valuation Date is the sum of its general account values in each Guarantee Period on that date. The general account value in a Guarantee Period is equal to the following amounts, in each case increased by accrued interest at the applicable guaranteed interest rate:

• The amount of Premium Payments or transferred amounts allocated to the Guarantee Period; less

• The amount of any transfers or Surrenders out of the Guarantee Period.

Can I transfer from one investment choice to another?

Subject to the restrictions below, you may transfer Contract Value:

• From a Sub-Account to another Sub-Account;

• From a Sub-Account to a Guarantee Period;

• From a Guarantee Period to a Sub-Account;

• From a Guarantee Period to another Guarantee Period.

Transfers from a Guarantee Period may be subject to an MVA.

Table of Contents

Can I transfer from one Sub-Account to another?

You may make transfers between the Sub-Accounts offered in this Contract according to our policies and procedures as amended from time to time.

What is a Sub-Account Transfer?

A Sub-Account transfer is a transaction requested by you that involves reallocating part or all of your Contract Value among the Funds available in your Contract. Your transfer request will be processed as of the end of the Valuation Day that it received is in good order. Otherwise, your request will be processed on the following Valuation Day. We will send you a confirmation when we process your transfer. You are responsible for verifying transfer confirmations and promptly advising us of any errors within 30 days of receiving the confirmation.

What Happens When I Request a Sub-Account Transfer?

Many Contract Owners request Sub-Account transfers. Some request transfers into (purchases) a particular Sub-Account, and others request transfers out of (redemptions) a particular Sub-Account. In addition, some Contract Owners allocate new Premium Payments to Sub-Accounts, and others request Surrenders. We combine all the daily requests to transfer out of a Sub-Account along with all Surrenders from that Sub-Account and determine how many shares of that Fund we would need to sell to satisfy all Contract Owners' "transfer-out" requests. At the same time, we also combine all the daily requests to transfer into a particular Sub-Account or new Premium Payments allocated to that Sub-Account and determine how many shares of that Fund we would need to buy to satisfy all Contract Owners' "transfer-in" requests.

In addition, many of the Funds that are available as investment options in our variable annuity products are also available as investment options in variable life insurance policies, retirement plans, funding agreements and other products offered by us or our affiliates. Each day, investors and participants in these other products engage in similar transfer transactions.

We take advantage of our size and available technology to combine sales of a particular Fund for many of the variable annuities, variable life insurance policies, retirement plans, funding agreements or other products offered by us or our affiliates. We also combine many of the purchases of that particular Fund for many of the products we offer. We then "net" these trades by offsetting purchases against redemptions. Netting trades has no impact on the net asset value of the Fund shares that you purchase or sell. This means that we sometimes reallocate shares of a Fund rather than buy new shares or sell shares of the Fund.

For example, if we combine all transfer-out (redemption) requests and Surrenders of a stock Fund Sub-Account with all other sales of that Fund from all our other products, we may have to sell $1 million dollars of that Fund on any particular day. However, if other Contract Owners and the owners of other products offered by us, want to transfer-in (purchase) an amount equal to $300,000 of that same Fund, then we would send a sell order to the Fund for $700,000 (a $1 million sell order minus the purchase order of $300,000) rather than making two or more transactions.

What Restrictions Are There on My Ability to Make a Sub-Account Transfer?

First, you may make only one Sub-Account transfer request each day. We limit each Contract Owner to one Sub-Account transfer request each Valuation Day. We count all Sub-Account transfer activity that occurs on any one Valuation Day as one "Sub-Account transfer;" however, you cannot transfer the same Contract Value more than once a Valuation Day.

Examples

Transfer Request Per Valuation Day			Permissible?
Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to a growth Sub-Account			Yes
Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to any number of other Sub-Accounts (dividing the $10,000 among the other Sub-Accounts however you chose)			Yes
Transfer $10,000 from any number of different Sub-Accounts to any number of other Sub-Accounts			Yes
Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to a growth Sub-Account and then, before the end of that same Valuation Day, transfer the same $10,000 from the growth Sub-Account to an international Sub-Account			No

Transfer $10,000 from a money market Sub-Account to a growth Sub-Account and then, before the end of that same Valuation Day, transfer the same $10,000 from the growth Sub-Account to an international Sub-Account No

Second, you are allowed to submit a total of 20 Sub-Account transfers each Contract Year (the "Transfer Rule") by U.S. Mail, Internet or telephone. Once you have reached the maximum number of Sub-Account transfers, you may only submit any additional Sub-Account transfer requests and any trade cancellation requests in writing through U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service. In other words, Internet or telephone transfer requests will not be honored. We may, but are not obligated to, notify you when you are in jeopardy of approaching these limits. For example, we will send you a letter after your 10th Sub-Account transfer to remind you about the Transfer Rule. After your 20th transfer request, our computer system will not allow you to do another Sub-Account transfer by telephone or via the Internet. You will then be instructed to send your Sub-Account transfer request by U.S. Mail or overnight delivery service.

Table of Contents

We reserve the right to aggregate your Contracts (whether currently existing or those recently surrendered) for the purposes of enforcing these restrictions.

The Transfer Rule does not apply to Sub-Account transfers that occur automatically as part of a Company-sponsored ~~asset allocation or~~ Dollar Cost Averaging program. Reallocations made based on a Fund merger, substitution or liquidation also do not count toward this transfer limit. Restrictions may vary based on state law.

We make no assurances that the Transfer Rule is or will be effective in detecting or preventing market timing.

Third, policies have been designed to restrict excessive Sub-Account transfers. You should not purchase this Contract if you want to make frequent Sub-Account transfers for any reason. In particular, don't purchase this Contract if you plan to engage in "market timing," which includes frequent transfer activity into and out of the same Fund, or frequent Sub-Account transfers in order to exploit any inefficiencies in the pricing of a Fund. Even if you do not engage in market timing, certain restrictions may be imposed on you.

Generally, you are subject to Fund trading policies, if any. We are obligated to provide, at the Fund's request, tax identification numbers and other shareholder identifying information contained in our records to assist Funds in identifying any pattern or frequency of Sub-Account transfers that may violate their trading policy. In certain instances, we have agreed to serve as a Fund's agent to help monitor compliance with that Fund's trading policy.

We are obligated to follow each Fund's instructions regarding enforcement of their trading policy. Penalties for violating these policies may include, among other things, temporarily or permanently limiting or banning you from making Sub-Account transfers into a Fund or other funds within that fund complex. We are not authorized to grant exceptions to a Fund's trading policy. Please refer to each Fund's prospectus for more information. Transactions that cannot be processed because of Fund trading policies will be considered not in good order.

In certain circumstances, fund trading policies do not apply or may be limited. For instance:

• Certain types of financial intermediaries may not be required to provide us with shareholder information.

• "Excepted funds" such as money market funds and any Fund that affirmatively permits short-term trading of its securities may opt not to adopt this type of policy. This type of policy may not apply to any financial intermediary that a Fund treats as a single investor.

• A Fund can decide to exempt categories of contract holders whose contracts are subject to inconsistent trading restrictions or none at all.

• Non-shareholder initiated purchases or redemptions may not always be monitored. These include Sub-Account transfers that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a company- sponsored contractual or systematic program such as transfers of assets as a result of "dollar cost averaging" programs, ~~asset allocation programs,~~ automatic rebalancing programs, annuity payouts, loans, or systematic withdrawal programs; (ii) as a result of the payment of a Death Benefit; (iii) as a step-up in Contract Value pursuant to a Contract Death Benefit or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit; (iv) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; or (v) as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, scheduled withdrawals or surrenders, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments.

Possibility of undetected abusive trading or market timing. We may not be able to detect or prevent all abusive trading or market timing activities. For instance,

• Since we net all the purchases and redemptions for a particular Fund for this and many of our other products, transfers by any specific market timer could be inadvertently overlooked.

• Certain forms of variable annuities and types of Funds may be attractive to market timers. We cannot provide assurances that we will be capable of addressing possible abuses in a timely manner.

• These policies apply only to individuals and entities that own this Contract or have the right to make transfers (regardless of whether requests are made by you or anyone else acting on your behalf). However, the Funds that make up the Sub-Accounts of this Contract are also available for use with many different variable life insurance policies, variable annuity products and funding agreements, and are offered directly to certain qualified retirement plans. Some of these products and plans may have less restrictive transfer rules or no transfer restrictions at all.

16•In some cases, we were unable to count the number of Sub-Account transfers requested by group annuity participants co-investing in the same Funds ("Participants") or enforce the Transfer Rule because we do not keep Participants' account records for a Contract. In those cases, the Participant account records and Participant Sub-Account transfer information are kept by such owners or its third party service provider. These owners and third party service providers may provide us with limited information or no information at all regarding Participant Sub-Account transfers.

variable annuity products and funding agreements, and are offered directly to certain qualified retirement plans. Some of these products and plans may have less restrictive transfer rules or no transfer restrictions at all.

• In some cases, we were unable to count the number of Sub-Account transfers requested by group annuity participants co-investing in the same Funds ("Participants") or enforce the Transfer Rule because we do not keep Participants' account records for a Contract. In those cases, the Participant account records and Participant Sub-Account transfer information are kept by such owners or its third party service provider. These owners and third party service providers may provide us with limited information or no information at all regarding Participant Sub-Account transfers.

How am I affected by frequent Sub-Account Transfers?

We are not responsible for losses or lost investment opportunities associated with the effectuation of these policies. Frequent Sub-Account transfers may result in the dilution of the value of the outstanding securities issued by a Fund as a result of increased transaction costs and lost investment opportunities typically associated with maintaining greater cash positions. This can adversely impact Fund performance and, as a result, the performance of your Contract. This may also lower the Death Benefit paid to your Beneficiary or lower Annuity Payouts for your Payee as well as reduce value of other optional benefits available under your Contract.

Table of Contents

result of increased transaction costs and lost investment opportunities typically associated with maintaining greater cash positions. This can adversely impact Fund performance and, as a result, the performance of your Contract. This may also lower the Death Benefit paid to your Beneficiary or lower Annuity Payouts for your Payee as well as reduce value of other optional benefits available under your Contract.

Separate Account investors could be prevented from purchasing Fund shares if we reach an impasse on the execution of a Fund's trading instructions. In other words, a Fund complex could refuse to allow new purchases of shares by all our variable product investors if the Fund and we cannot reach a mutually acceptable agreement on how to treat an investor who, in a Fund's opinion, has violated the Fund's trading policy.

In some cases, we do not have the tax identification number or other identifying information requested by a Fund in our records. In those cases, we rely on the Contract Owner to provide the information. If the Contract Owner does not provide the information, we may be directed by the Fund to restrict the Contract Owner from further purchases of Fund shares. In those cases, all participants under a plan funded by the Contract will also be precluded from further purchases of Fund shares.

Fixed Accumulation Feature Transfers — During each contract year during the Accumulation Period, you may make a transfer out of the Fixed Accumulation Feature to Sub-Account. The transfer must be for $500 or more. All transfer allocations must be in whole numbers (e.g. 1%). You may transfer 50% of your total amount in the Fixed Accumulation Feature, unless the balance is less than $1000, then you may transfer the entire amount.

Fixed Accumulation Feature Transfer Restrictions — We reserve the right to defer transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature for up to 6 months from the date of your request. After any transfer, you must wait 6 months before moving Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed Accumulation Feature. After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may not make transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature.

Power of Attorney — You may authorize another person to make transfers on your behalf by submitting a completed power of attorney form. Once we have the completed form on file, we will accept transfer instructions from your designated third party, subject to any transfer restrictions in place, until we receive new instructions in writing from you. You will not be able to make transfers or other changes to your Contract if you have authorized someone else to act under a power of attorney.

~~Charges~~Transfers between the Sub-Accounts and ~~Fees~~Guarantee Periods — You may transfer from the Sub-Accounts to a Guarantee Period or from one Guarantee Period to another Guarantee Period. Transfers from a Guarantee Period are subject to an MVA if the transfer is:

• more than 15 days before or 15 days after the expiration of the existing Guarantee Period, or

• are not part of a formal Union Security program for the transfer of general account value.

The amount of any positive or negative MVA will be added or deducted from the transferred amount.

General Account Transfer Restrictions — We reserve the right to defer transfers from the general account for up to 6 months from the date of your request (a "transfer moratorium"). After any transfer, you must wait six months before moving Sub-Account Values back to a Guarantee Period in the general account. After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may not make transfers from the general account.

We generally intend to enforce these restrictions during periods of extreme volatility within the U.S. stock markets or when we have significant concerns about disintermediation. If we enforce this restriction:

• The last then effective Guarantee Period and guaranteed interest rate will remain in effect until the end of the transfer moratorium;

• The MVA will take into consideration the amount of time consumed by the transfer moratorium only with regard to the Guaranteed Period during which the transfer moratorium was declared; and

• Rates of interest that we will credit for the new Guaranteed Period will be automatically reset to the rate of interest we declare as of the conclusion of the transfer moratorium.

b. Contract Rights

You, as Contract Owner, may exercise all the rights under the Contract. The prospectus discusses these rights, including your right, during the Accumulation Period, to make Premium Payments and provide instructions to us to allocate your Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts and a Guarantee Period or Fixed Accumulation Feature, if available. You, as Contract Owner, may also request a full or partial Surrender from the Contract, designate an Annuitant and elect to receive Annuity Payouts. This prospectus also discusses the Death Benefit payable under the Contract and the rights of any Beneficiary.

c. Charges and Fees

The following charges and fees are associated with the Contract:

~~Mortality~~The ~~and~~Contingent ~~Expense~~Deferred ~~Risk~~Sales Charge (Surrender Charge)

~~For~~The ~~assuming~~CDSC ~~mortality~~covers ~~and~~some ~~expense~~of ~~risks under~~ the ~~Contract,~~expenses werelating ~~deduct~~to athe ~~daily~~sale ~~charge~~and atdistribution anof ~~annual~~the ~~rate~~Contract, ofincluding ~~0.45%~~commissions ofpaid ~~Sub-Account~~to ~~Value.~~investment ~~The~~professionals ~~mortality~~ and ~~expense~~the ~~risk~~cost ~~charge~~of ispreparing ~~broken~~sales ~~into~~literature ~~charges for mortality risks~~ and ~~for~~other anpromotional ~~expense risk:~~activities.

~~• Mortality~~We ~~Risk~~assess —a ~~There~~CDSC ~~are~~when ~~two~~you ~~types~~request a full or partial Surrender. The percentage of ~~mortality~~the ~~risks~~CDSC ~~that~~is webased ~~assume,~~on ~~those~~how long your Premium Payments have been in the Contract. The CDSC will not exceed the total amount of the Premium Payments made. ~~while~~Each ~~your~~Premium Payment has its own CDSC schedule. Premium Payments are ~~accumulating~~Surrendered ~~and~~in ~~those~~the ~~made~~order ~~once~~in ~~Annuity~~which ~~Payouts~~they ~~have~~were ~~begun~~received. The longer you leave your Premium Payments in the Contract, the lower the CDSC will be when you Surrender.

During the period your Premium Payments are accumulating, we are required to cover any difference between the Death Benefit paid and the Surrender Value. These differences may occur during periods of declining value. The risk that we bear during this period is that actual mortality rates, in aggregate, may exceed expected mortality rates.

Once Annuity Payouts have begun, we may be required to make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives. The risk that we bear during this period is that the actual mortality rates, in aggregate, may be lower than the expected mortality rates.

• Expense Risk — We also bear an expense risk that the Annual Maintenance Fee collected before the Annuity Commencement Date may not be enough to cover the actual cost of selling, distributing and administering the Contract.

Although variable Annuity Payouts will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Fund selected, your Annuity Payouts will not be affected by (a) the actual mortality experience of our Annuitants, or (b) our actual expenses if they are greater than the deductions stated in the Contract. Because we cannot be certain how long our Annuitants will live, we charge this percentage fee based on the mortality tables currently in use. The mortality and expense risk charge enables us to keep our commitments and to pay you as planned.

~~Annual~~Table ~~Maintenance~~of ~~Fee~~Contents

The ~~Annual~~CDSC ~~Maintenance Fee~~ is a ~~flat~~percentage ~~fee that is deducted from your Contract Value to reimburse us for expenses relating to the administrative maintenance~~ of the ~~Contract~~amount ~~and the Accounts. The annual $30 charge is deducted on a Contract Anniversary or when the Contract is fully~~ Surrendered ifand ~~the Contract Value at either of those times~~ is ~~less~~equal ~~than $50,000. The charge is deducted proportionately from each Account in which you are invested.~~to:

When Is the Annual Maintenance Fee Waived?


Number of years from Premium Payment			Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
1			7%
2			6%
3			5%
4			4%
5			3%
6			2%
7			1%
8 or more			0%

WeWhen ~~will~~you ~~waive~~request ~~the~~a ~~Annual~~withdrawal ~~Maintenance~~under ~~Fee~~the ~~if your~~ Contract, ~~Value~~you ismay ~~$50,000~~choose orto ~~more~~have onthe ~~your~~withdrawal ~~Contract~~processed ~~Anniversary~~as oreither ~~when~~a ~~you~~gross ~~fully~~withdrawal ~~Surrender~~or ~~your~~net ~~Contract~~withdrawal. WeYour ~~reserve~~choice ~~the~~may ~~right~~impact tothe ~~waive~~amount ~~the~~of ~~Annual~~withdrawal ~~Maintenance~~proceeds ~~Fee~~that ~~under~~you ~~certain~~receive, ~~other~~as ~~conditions.~~follows:

(a) Gross Withdrawal – We will withdraw only the amount requested from your Contract. If your withdrawal is subject to CDSCs, other charges, or tax withholdings, you will receive the amount requested minus the applicable CDSCs, other charges, and tax withholdings. As such, you may not receive the full amount requested.

(b) Net Withdrawal – To the extent necessary, we will increase the withdrawal amount so that, after the deduction of any applicable CDSCs, other charges, and/or tax withholdings, you will receive the full amount requested. Please note that CDSCs will be based on the total amount withdrawn, not the amount requested, so a net withdrawal may result in more CDSCs than a gross withdrawal.

In the absence of instructions, we will process a withdrawal request as a net withdrawal.

The following hypothetical examples help illustrate the difference between a gross withdrawal (Example 1) and a net withdrawal (Example 2).


Example 1 Gross Withdrawal		Example 2 Net Withdrawal
Assume the following: You made an initial Premium Payment of $10,000 five years ago and no additional Premium Payments thereafter. You request a partial withdrawal of $5,000, and you have not taken any portion of your AWA for the year. The only charges applicable to the withdrawal are CDSCs. You instruct us to process your request as a gross withdrawal. We will deduct a CDSC as follows:		Assume the following: You made an initial Premium Payment of $10,000 five years ago and no additional Premium Payments thereafter. You request a partial withdrawal of $5,000, and you have not taken any portion of your AWA for the year. The only charges applicable to the withdrawal are CDSCs. You instruct us to process your request as a net withdrawal, or you do not provide instructions. We will deduct a CDSC as follows:
	First, the portion of the withdrawal that is not in excess of the AWA, which is equal to 10% of total Premium Payments (i.e., $1,000), with be withdrawn without a CDSC.		First, the portion of the withdrawal that is not in excess of the AWA, which is equal to 10% of total Premium Payments (i.e., $1,000), with be withdrawn without a CDSC.
	We will then withdraw the remaining $4,000. A CDSC of 3%, or $120, is assessed on the withdrawal.		We will then increase the remaining amount to be withdrawn from $4,000 to $4,124. A CDSC of 4%, or $124, is assessed on the withdrawal.
	The total amount withdrawn is $5,000 and your Contract Value is reduced by $5,000. The CDSC is $120. You will receive $4,880 in withdrawal proceeds.		The total amount withdrawn is $5,124 and your Contract Value is reduced by $5,124. The CDSC is $124. You will receive $5,000 in withdrawal proceeds.

All withdrawals may be subject to federal and state income taxes, including a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before age 59½. If you have any questions about net and gross withdrawals, please contact us or your Investment Professional.

The following Surrenders are NOT subject to a CDSC:

•AWA — During the first seven years from each Premium Payment, you may, each Contract Year, take partial Surrenders up to 10% of the total Premium Payments. If you do not take 10% one year, you may not take more than 10% the next year. These amounts are different for group unallocated Contracts and Contracts issued to a Charitable Remainder Trust.

•Surrenders made from Premium Payments invested for more than seven years — After the seventh Contract Year, you may take the total of: (a) all Premium Payments held in your Contract for more than seven years, and (b) 10% of Premium Payments made during the last seven years and (c) all of your earnings.

Table of Contents

Under the following situations, the CDSC is WAIVED:

•For RMDs — This allows Annuitants who are subject to RMDs, with a Contract held under an Individual Retirement Account or 403(b) plan, to Surrender an amount equal to the RMD for the Contract without a CDSC. All requests for RMDs must be in writing.

•On or after the Annuitant's 90th birthday.

The following situations are NOT subject to a CDSC:

•Upon death of the Annuitant or Contract Owner — No CDSC will be deducted if the Annuitant or Contract Owner dies.

•Upon Annuitization — The CDSC is not deducted when you annuitize the Contract. We will charge a CDSC if the Contract is fully Surrendered during the CDSC period under an Annuity Payout Option which allows Surrenders.

•For substantially equal periodic payments — We will waive the CDSC if you take part in a program for partial Surrenders where you receive a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic payments. Payments under this program must be made at least annually for your life (or your life expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and your designated Beneficiary.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge (Base Contract Charge)

For assuming mortality and expense risks under the Contract, we deduct a daily charge at a maximum annual rate of 1.25% of Sub-Account Value. The mortality and expense risk charge is broken into charges for mortality risks and an expense risk:

•Mortality Risk — There are two types of mortality risks that we assume, those made while your Premium Payments are accumulating and those made once Annuity Payouts have begun.

During the period your Premium Payments are accumulating, we are required to cover any difference between the Death Benefit paid and the Surrender Value. These differences may occur during periods of declining value or in periods where the CDSCs would have been applicable. The risk that we bear during this period is that actual mortality rates, in aggregate, may exceed expected mortality rates.

Once Annuity Payouts have begun, we may be required to make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives. The risk that we bear during this period is that actual mortality rates, in aggregate, may be lower than expected mortality rates.

Expense Risk — We also bear an expense risk that the CDSCs collected before the Annuity Commencement Date may not be enough to cover the actual cost of selling, distributing and administering the Contract.

Administrative Charge (Base Contract Charge)

This is a charge for the costs incurred in connection with the administration of the Contract. This is an administrative fee equal to an annual charge of 0.10% of the Contract Values held in the Separate Account.

Premium Taxes

We deduct Premium Taxes, imposed on us, by a state or other government agency. Some states collect the taxes when Premium Payments are made; others collect at Annuitization. Since we pay Premium Taxes when they are required by applicable law, we may deduct them from your Contract when we pay the taxes, upon Surrender, or on the Annuity Commencement Date. The Premium Tax rate varies by state or municipality and currently ranges from 0% – 3.5%.

Charges Against the Funds

The Separate Account purchases shares of the Funds at net asset value. The net asset value of the Fund shares reflects investment advisory fees and administrative expenses already deducted from the assets of the Funds. These charges are described in the Fund prospectuses.

~~Other~~Deduction ~~disclosure~~of ~~specific~~Advisory ~~to Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund~~Fee

~~The~~If ~~Invesco~~you ~~V.I.~~receive ~~Government~~services ~~Money~~for ~~Market~~your ~~Fund~~Contract ~~will~~from ~~continue~~a tothird-party ~~use~~financial ~~the~~intermediary ~~amortized~~who ~~cost~~charges ~~method~~an ofadvisory ~~valuation~~fee tofor ~~seek~~their services, that fee is in addition to ~~maintain~~Contract afees ~~stable~~and $1expenses.00 ~~net~~If ~~asset~~you ~~value~~elect to pay the advisory fee by taking withdrawals from your Contract Value, both you and ~~does~~your ~~not~~financial ~~intend~~intermediary must sign an enrollment form authorizing the withdrawals and submit a fee payment request form for the specific dollar amount of the fee payment you want withdrawn from your Contract and sent to ~~impose~~your ~~liquidity~~financial ~~fees~~intermediary. orWe ~~redemption~~will ~~gates~~deduct your requested fee payment amount on ~~Fund~~a ~~redemptions~~pro-rata basis from the Sub-Account Values. ~~The~~Guarantee ~~Fund's~~Periods, ~~board~~if ~~reserves~~available under the ~~right~~Contract, toare ~~impose~~excluded. Your financial intermediary must submit a ~~liquidity~~new fee orpayment ~~redemption~~request ~~gate~~form into us for each payment. Payments will generally be processed on the ~~future~~same ~~upon~~day ~~prior~~the request is received in good order. You may revoke your authorization at any time by giving notice to ~~shareholders~~us. ~~and~~If inyou ~~conformance~~elect to ~~Rule~~pay ~~2a-7~~your ofadvisory ~~the~~fee ~~Investment~~by ~~Company~~taking ~~Act~~withdrawals offrom ~~1940.~~your ~~Further~~Contract ~~detail~~Value, ~~regarding~~the ~~these~~deduction ~~changes~~for isthat ~~set~~fee ~~forth~~is insubject ~~the~~to ~~fund's~~surrender ~~prospectus.~~

~~Death Benefit~~19

~~What~~Table isof ~~the Death Benefit and how is it calculated?~~Contents

~~The~~charges ~~Death~~and ~~Benefit~~will iscount ~~the~~toward ~~amount~~your weAnnual ~~will~~Withdrawal Amount. Withdrawals to pay ifadvisory ~~the~~fees ~~Contract~~will ~~Owner~~also ~~dies~~reduce ~~before~~death webenefits ~~begin~~and toother ~~make~~guaranteed ~~Annuity~~benefits ~~Payouts.~~under ~~The~~the ~~Death~~Contract ~~Benefit~~and ismay ~~calculated~~be ~~when~~subject weto ~~receive~~federal and state income taxes and a ~~certified~~10% ~~death~~federal ~~certificate~~penalty ortax. ~~other~~Contract ~~legal~~Owners ~~document~~should ~~acceptable~~discuss tothe usimpact ~~along~~of ~~with~~deducting ~~complete~~advisory ~~instructions~~fees from ~~all~~Contract ~~beneficiaries~~Value onwith ~~how~~their tofinancial ~~pay~~intermediaries ~~the~~prior ~~death~~to ~~benefit~~making any election.

~~Until we receive proof of death and the completed instructions from the Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will remain invested in the same Accounts, according to the Contract Owner's last instructions~~c. Therefore, the Death Benefit amount will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds.Surrenders

If death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit is the greater of:

• The total Premium Payments you have made to us minus any partial Surrenders and any applicable negative MVA; or

• The Contract Value of your Contract.

How is the Death Benefit paid?

The Death Benefit may be taken in one lump sum or under any of the Annuity Payout Options then being offered by us. On the date we receive proof of death and complete instructions from the Beneficiary, we will compute the Death Benefit to be paid out or applied to a selected Annuity Payout Option. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Death Benefit amount for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds and then pay it out or apply it to a selected Annuity Payout Option according to each Beneficiary's instructions. If we receive the complete instructions on a Non-Valuation Day, computations will take place on the next Valuation Day.

If the Death Benefit is $50,000 or more, the Beneficiary may elect to have their Death Benefit paid through our "Talcott Resolution Pathways Program" (formerly "Safe Haven"). Under this program, the proceeds remain in our General Account and the Beneficiary will receive a draft book. Proceeds are guaranteed by the claims paying ability of the Company; however, it is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), nor is it backed by any federal or state government agency. The Beneficiary can write one draft for total payment of the Death Benefit, or keep the money in the General Account and write drafts as needed. We will credit interest at a rate determined periodically in our sole discretion. The interest rate is based upon the analysis of interest rates credited to funds left on deposit with other insurance companies under programs similar to the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program. In determining the interest rate, we also factor in the impact of our profitability, general economic trends, competitive factors and administrative expenses. The interest rate credit is not the same rate earned on assets in the Fixed Accumulation Feature and is not subject to minimum interest rates prescribed by state non-forfeiture laws. For federal income tax purposes, the Beneficiary will be deemed to have received the lump sum payment on transfer of the Death benefit amount to the General account. The interest will be taxable to the Beneficiary in the tax year that it is credited. We may not offer the

Talcott Resolution Pathways Program in all states and we reserve the right to discontinue offering it at any time. Although there are no direct charges for the program, we earn investment income from the proceeds. The Investment income we earn is likely more than the amount of interest we credit; therefore, we make a profit from the difference.

The Beneficiary may elect under the Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option “Death Benefit Remaining with the Company” to leave proceeds from the Death Benefit invested with us for up to five or ten years from the date of death if death occurred before the Annuity Commencement Date. The available period (five or ten years) depends on whether the Contract is non-qualified or an IRA and the Owner's date of death. Once we receive a certified death certificate or other legal documents acceptable to us, the Beneficiary can: (a) make Sub-Account transfers (subject to applicable restrictions) and (b) take Surrenders without paying CDSCs, if any. We reserve the right to inform the IRS in the event that we believe that any Beneficiary has intentionally delayed delivering proper proof of death in order to circumvent applicable Code proceeds payment duties. We shall endeavor to fully discharge the last instructions from the Owner wherever possible or practical.

The Beneficiary of a non-qualified Contract may also elect the Single Life Expectancy Only option. This option allows the Beneficiary to take the Death Benefit in a series of payments spread over a period equal to the Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy. Distributions are calculated based on IRS life expectancy tables. This option is subject to different limitations, qualifications and conditions. Not all beneficiaries will be able to elect this option.

Required Distributions — If the Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed within five years after death or be distributed under a distribution option or Annuity Payout Option that satisfies the Alternatives to the Required Distributions described below. Please see Section (C)(2)(f) Federal Tax Considerations in Appendix Tax for more information. If your Contract is qualified, please see "Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Plans" for additional information.

If the Contract Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date under an Annuity Payout Option that permits the Beneficiary to elect to continue Annuity Payouts or receive the Commuted Value, any remaining value must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the payment method being used as of the Contract Owner's death.

If the Contract Owner is not an individual (e.g. a trust), then the original Annuitant will be treated as the Contract Owner in the situations described above and any change in the original Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

What should the Beneficiary consider?

Alternatives to the Required Distributions — The selection of an Annuity Payout Option and the timing of the selection will have an impact on the tax treatment of the Death Benefit. To receive favorable tax treatment, the Annuity Payout Option selected: (a) cannot extend beyond the Beneficiary's life or life expectancy, and (b) must begin within one year of the date of death.

If these conditions are not met, the Death Benefit will be treated as a lump sum payment for tax purposes. This sum will be taxable in the year in which it is considered received.

Spousal Contract Continuation — If the Contract Owner dies and the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract as the Contract Owner, receive the death benefit in one lump sum payment or elect an Annuity Payout Option. If the Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. Spousal Contract Continuation will only apply one time for each Contract. If you do not name another Beneficiary at the time of continuation, the Beneficiary will default to your estate.

Surrenders

What kinds of Surrenders are available?

Full Surrenders before the Annuity Commencement Date — When you Surrender your Contract before the Annuity Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is living, the Surrender Value of the Contract will be made in a lump sum payment. The Surrender Value is the Contract Value minus any applicable ~~MVA~~CDSC and Premium Taxes and adjusted for any positive or negative MVA. The Surrender Value may be more or less than the amount of the Premium Payments made to a Contract.

Partial Surrenders before the Annuity Commencement Date — You may request a partial Surrender of Contract Value at any time before the Annuity Commencement Date and while the Annuitant is living. There are two restrictions:

• The partial Surrender amount must be at least equal to $1,000, our current minimum for partial Surrenders, and

• The Contract must have a minimum Contract Value of $1,000 after the Surrender. We reserve the right to close your Contract and pay the full Surrender Value if the Contract Value is under the minimum after the Surrender. The minimum Contract Value in Texas must be $1,000 after the Surrender with no Premium Payments made during the prior two Contract Years.

Does the Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund impose a fee or gate for redemption?

The Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund will continue to use the amortized cost method of valuation to seek to maintain a stable $1.00 net asset value and does not intend to impose liquidity fees or redemption gates on Fund redemptions. The Fund’s board reserves the right to impose a liquidity fee or redemption gate in the future upon prior notice

to shareholders and in conformance to Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Further detail is set forth in the Fund’s prospectus.

How do I request a Surrender?

Requests for full Surrenders must be in writing. Requests for partial Surrenders can be made in writing or by telephone. We will send your money within seven days of receiving complete instructions. However, we may postpone payment of Surrenders whenever: (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed, (b) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted by the SEC, (c) the SEC permits and orders postponement, or (d) the SEC determines that an emergency exists to restrict valuation.

Written Requests — To request a full or partial Surrender, complete a Surrender Form or send us a letter, signed by you, stating:

• the dollar amount that you want to receive, either before or after we withhold taxes and deduct for any applicable charges,

• your tax withholding amount or percentage, if any, and

• your mailing address.

You may submit this form via mail or fax.

If there are joint Contract Owners, both must authorize all Surrenders. For a partial Surrender, specify the Accounts that you want your Surrender to come from, otherwise, the Surrender will be taken in proportion to the value in each Account.

Telephone Requests — To request a partial Surrender by telephone, we must have received your completed Telephone Redemption Program Enrollment Form. If there are joint Contract Owners, both must sign this form. By signing the form, you authorize us to accept telephone instructions for partial Surrenders from either Contract Owner. Telephone authorization will remain in effect until we receive a written cancellation notice from you or your joint Contract Owner, we discontinue the program; or you are no longer the owner of the Contract. There are some restrictions on telephone surrenders, please call us with any questions.

We may record telephone calls and use other procedures to verify information and confirm that instructions are genuine. We will not be liable for losses or expenses arising from telephone instructions reasonably believed to be genuine. We may modify the requirements for telephone redemptions at any time.

Telephone Surrender instructions received before the close of the New York Stock Exchange will be processed on that Valuation Day. Otherwise, your request will be processed on the next Valuation Day.

Completing a Power of Attorney form for another person to act on your behalf may prevent you from making Surrenders via telephone.

What should be considered about taxes?

There are certain tax consequences associated with Surrenders:

Prior to age 591/2 — If you make a Surrender prior to age 591/2, there may be adverse tax consequences including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the taxable portion of the Surrender payment. Surrendering before age 591/2 may also affect the continuing tax-qualified status of some Contracts.

We do not monitor Surrender requests. To determine whether a Surrender is permissible, with or without federal income tax penalty, please consult your personal tax adviser.

More than one Contract issued in the same calendar year — If you own more than one contract issued by us or our affiliates in the same calendar year, then these contracts may be treated as one contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Please consult your tax adviser for additional information.

Internal Revenue Code section 403(b) annuities — As of December 31, 1988, all section 403(b) annuities have limits on full and partial Surrenders. Contributions to your Contract made after December 31, 1988 and any increases in cash value after December 31, 1988 may not be distributed unless you are: (a) age 591/2, (b) no longer employed, (c) deceased, (d) disabled, or (e) experiencing a financial hardship (cash value increases may not be distributed for hardships prior to age 591/2). Distributions prior to age 591/2 due to financial hardship; unemployment or retirement may still be subject to a penalty tax of 10%.20

Table of Contents

Internal Revenue Code section 403(b) annuities — Section 403(b) annuities have limits on full and partial Surrenders. Contributions to your Contract and any increases in cash value may not be distributed unless you are: (a) age 591/2, (b) no longer employed, (c) deceased, (d) disabled, or (e) experiencing a financial hardship (cash value increases may not be distributed for hardships prior to age 591/2). Distributions prior to age 591/2 due to financial hardship; unemployment or retirement may still be subject to a penalty tax of 10%.

We will no longer accept any incoming 403(b) exchanges or applications for 403(b) individual annuity contracts.

We encourage you to consult with your qualified tax adviser before making any Surrenders. Please see ~~the "~~Federal Tax Considerations" ~~section~~in Section 13. for more information.

e. Annuity Payouts

This section describes what happens when we begin to make regular Annuity Payouts from your Contract. You, as the Contract Owner, should answer five questions:

• When do you want Annuity Payouts to begin?

• Which Annuity Payout Option do you want to use?

• How often do you want to receive Annuity Payouts?

• What is the Assumed Investment Return?

• Do you want Annuity Payouts to be fixed or variable or a combination?

Please check with your investment professional to select the Annuity Payout Option that best meets your income needs.

1. When do you want Annuity Payouts to begin?

Consider the age you will be when you start Annuity Payouts. Annuity Payouts started at a younger age will be greater than at an older age. You select an Annuity Commencement Date when you purchase your Contract or at any time before you begin receiving Annuity Payouts. You may change the Annuity Commencement Date by notifying us within thirty days prior to the date. The Annuity Commencement Date cannot be deferred beyond the Annuitant's ~~91st~~90th birthday, subject to the laws and regulations then in effect and our approval. The date you select may have tax consequences, so please check with a qualified tax advisor. You cannot begin to take Annuity Payouts until the end of the 2nd Contract Year. If this Contract is issued to the trustee of a Charitable Remainder Trust, the Annuity Commencement Date may be deferred to the Annuitant's 100th birthday.

The Annuity Calculation Date is when the amount of your Annuity Payout is determined. This occurs within five Valuation Days before your selected Annuity Commencement Date.

All Annuity Payouts, regardless of frequency, will occur on the same day of the month as the Annuity Commencement Date. After the initial payout, if an Annuity Payout date falls on a Non-Valuation Day, the Annuity Payout is computed on the prior Valuation Day. If the Annuity Payout date does not occur in a given month due to a leap year or months with only 28 days (i.e. the 31st), the Annuity Payout will be computed on the last Valuation Day of the month.

2. Which Annuity Payout Option do you want to use?

Your Contract contains the Annuity Payout Options described below. The Annuity Proceeds Settlement Option is an option that can be elected by the Beneficiary and is described in the "Death Benefit" section. We may at times offer other Annuity Payout Options. Once we begin to make Annuity Payouts, the Annuity Payout Option cannot be changed.

Life Annuity

We make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living. When the Annuitant dies, we stop making Annuity Payouts. A Payee would receive only one Annuity Payout if the Annuitant dies after the first payout, two Annuity Payouts if the Annuitant dies after the second payout, and so forth.

Life Annuity With Payments Guaranteed for 10 or 20 Years

We will make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant is living, but we at least guarantee to make Annuity Payouts for a time period you select either 10 or 20 years. If the Annuitant dies before the guaranteed number of years have passed, then the Beneficiary may elect to continue Annuity Payouts for the remainder of the guaranteed number of years. If the Contract is a qualified contract, the annuity payments may need to be modified after the death of the individual or designated beneficiary, as necessary to comply with IRS rules and regulations.

~~Joint~~When ~~and~~considering ~~Full~~a ~~Survivor~~guarantee ~~Annuity~~period, keep in mind:

We•Having ~~will~~guaranteed ~~make~~ Annuity Payouts aswill ~~long~~usually aslower the ~~Annuitant and Joint Annuitant are living. When one Annuitant dies, we continue to make~~ Annuity ~~Payouts~~Payout ~~to the Contract Owner until that second Annuitant dies~~amount.

We•The ~~may~~longer ~~offer~~the ~~other~~guaranteed period will usually lower the Annuity Payout ~~Options available~~amount.

~~• You~~Joint ~~cannot~~and ~~Surrender~~Full ~~your~~Survivor ~~Contract~~Life ~~once~~ Annuity ~~Payouts begin.~~

We will make Annuity Payouts as long as the Annuitant and Joint Annuitant are living. When one Annuitant dies, we continue to make Annuity Payouts to the Contract Owner until that second Annuitant dies. Adding a joint life will usually lower the payout amount. At younger ages there is little impact, the impact is greater at older ages.

We may offer other available Annuity Payout Options.

Table of Contents

• You cannot make full or partial Surrenders from your Contract once Annuity Payouts begin.

• For Qualified Contracts, if you elect an Annuity Payout Option with a Period Certain, the guaranteed number of years must be less than the life expectancy of the Annuitant at the time the Annuity Payouts begin. We compute life expectancy using the IRS mortality tables.

• Automatic Annuity Payouts — If you do not elect an Annuity Payout Option, Annuity Payouts will automatically begin on the Annuity Commencement Date under the Life Annuity with Payments for a Period Certain Annuity Payout Option with a ten-year period certain. Automatic Annuity Payouts will be fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts, variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, or a combination of fixed or variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, depending on the investment allocation of your Account in effect on the Annuity Commencement Date.

3. How often do you want the Payee to receive Annuity Payouts?

In addition to selecting an Annuity Commencement Date and an Annuity Payout Option, you must also decide how often you want the Payee to receive Annuity Payouts. You may choose to receive Annuity Payouts:

• monthly,

• quarterly,

• semiannually, or

• annually.

Annual Annuity Payouts are less than 12 times the monthly payout amount due to a modal factor based on the AIR for variable Annuity Payouts or minimum interest rate for fixed Annuity Payouts. Once you select a frequency, it cannot be changed. If you do not make a selection, the Payee will receive monthly Annuity Payouts. You must select a frequency that results in an Annuity Payout of at least $50. If the amount falls below $50, we have the right to change the frequency to bring the Annuity Payout up to at least $50.

4. What is the Assumed Investment Return?

The Assumed Investment Return ("AIR") is the investment return before we start to make Annuity Payouts. It is a critical assumption for calculating variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts. The first Annuity Payout will be based upon the AIR. A lower AIR will start with a lower payout amount. The remaining Annuity Payouts will fluctuate based on the performance of the underlying Funds. The AIR for this Contract is 34%.

For example, if the Sub-Accounts earned exactly the same as the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is the same as the first. If the Sub-Accounts earned more than the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is higher than the first. If the Sub-Accounts earned less than the AIR, then the second monthly Annuity Payout Option is lower than the first.

Level variable dollar Annuity Payouts would be produced if the investment returns remained constant and equal to the AIR. In fact, Annuity Payouts will vary up or down as the investment rate varies up or down from the AIR.

5. Do you want fixed dollar amount or variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts or a combination of both?

You may choose an Annuity Payout Option with fixed dollar amounts, variable dollar amounts or a combination depending on your income needs. Fixed dollar Annuity Payouts do not change. Variable dollar Annuity Payouts change with every payout. A lower AIR will start with a lower payout amount.

Fixed Dollar Amount Annuity Payouts — Once a fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout begins, you cannot change your selection to receive variable dollar amount Annuity Payout. You will receive equal fixed dollar amount Annuity Payouts throughout the Annuity Payout period. Fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout amounts are determined by multiplying the Contract Value, minus any applicable Premium Taxes, by an annuity rate. The annuity rate is set by us and is not less than the rate specified in the fixed dollar amount Annuity Payout Option tables in your Contract.

Variable Dollar Amount Annuity Payouts — A variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is based on the investment performance of the Sub-Accounts. The variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts may fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. To begin making variable dollar amount Annuity Payouts, we convert the first Annuity Payout amount to a set number of Annuity Units and then price those units to determine the Annuity Payout amount. The number of Annuity Units that determines the Annuity Payout amount remains fixed unless you transfer units between Sub-Accounts.

The dollar amount of the first variable Annuity Payout depends on:

• the Annuity Payout Option chosen,

• the Annuitant's attained age and gender (if applicable), and,

• the applicable annuity purchase rates based on the 1983a Individual Annuity Mortality table

• the Assumed Investment Return

The total amount of the first variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is determined by dividing the Contract Value minus any applicable Premium Taxes, by $1,000 and multiplying the result by the payment factor defined in the Contract for the selected Annuity Payout Option.

Table of Contents

The dollar amount of each subsequent variable dollar amount Annuity Payout is equal to the total of Annuity Units for each Sub-Account multiplied by Annuity Unit Value for each Sub-Account.

The Annuity Unit Value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to the Accumulation Unit Value Net Investment Factor for the current Valuation Period multiplied by the Annuity Unit Factor, multiplied by the Annuity Unit Value for the preceding Valuation Period. The Annuity Unit Factor for a 34% AIR is 0.~~999919~~999893.

Combination Annuity Payouts — You may choose to receive a combination of fixed dollar amount and variable dollar amount annuity payouts as long as they total 100% of your Annuity Payout. For example, you may choose to receive 40% fixed dollar amount and 60% variable dollar amount to meet your income needs. Combination Annuity Payouts are not available during the first two Contract Years.

Transfer of Annuity Units — After the Annuity Calculation Date, you may transfer dollar amounts of Annuity Units from one Sub-Account to another ~~four times per year~~. On the day you make a transfer, the dollar amounts are equal for both Sub-Accounts and the number of Annuity Units will be different. We will transfer the dollar amount of your Annuity Units the day we receive your written request if received before the close of the New York Stock Exchange. Otherwise, the transfer will be made on the next Valuation Day. All Sub-Account transfers must comply with our Sub-Account transfer restriction policies. For more information on Sub-Account transfer restrictions, please see the sub-section entitled "Can I transfer from one Sub-Account to another?" under the section entitled "The Contract."

~~Other~~8. ~~Programs~~Benefits ~~Available~~Under the Contract

WeThe ~~may~~following ~~discontinue,~~table ~~modify~~summarizes orinformation ~~amend~~about ~~any of these Programs or any other programs we establish. Any changes to a Program will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in~~ the ~~Program.~~benefits Ifunder you are enrolled in any of these programs while a Fund merger, substitution or liquidation takes place, unless otherwise noted in any communication from us, your Contract Value invested in such underlying Fund will be transferred automatically to the ~~designated surviving Fund in the case of mergers and any available Money Market Fund in the case of Fund liquidations~~Contract. ~~Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the surviving Fund or a Money Market Fund for any continued and future investments.~~


Standard Benefits (No Additional Charge)
Name of Benefit	Purpose	Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitations
InvestEase®	Electronic transfer of funds from your bank account into your Contract	•Minimum amount for each transfer is $50
Asset Rebalancing	Allows you to automatically rebalance Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts at a specified frequency to the asset allocation percentages that you previously selected.	•Only one set of asset allocation instructions at a time •Guarantee Periods excluded
Dollar Cost Averaging - Fixed Amount DCA	Provides for automatic, periodic transfers of fixed amounts from investment options to other investment options	•Transfers may be monthly or quarterly •Must perform at least three transfers to remain in the program
Dollar Cost Averaging - Earnings/Interest DCA	Provides for automatic, periodic transfers of earnings or interest from investment options to other investment options	•Transfers may be monthly or quarterly •Must perform at least three transfers to remain in the program
Automatic Income Program	Provides for automatic, periodic partial withdrawals up to 10% of total Premium Payments, or up to the allowable limit under an optional benefit, each Contract Year, without any early withdrawal charges	•Partial withdrawals may occur monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually •Minimum amount of each withdrawal is $100 •Amounts withdrawn count towards the AWA and any applicable optional benefit withdrawal limits
Death Benefit	Upon the Contract Owner's or Annuitant's death during the Accumulation Period, provides for payment of the higher of (i) Contract Value; (ii) total Premium Payments (adjusted for prior withdrawals); or (iii) the Contract Value on the last seven year Anniversary	•No increases to Contract Value on the last seven year Anniversary after 75th birthday •Terminates upon entering the Annuity Period •Advisory fee withdrawals impact the benefit in the same manner as any other partial withdrawal, therefore such withdrawals may significantly reduce the benefit on a dollar-for-dollar basis and also adjusted by the MVA
Hospital or Skilled Health Care facility confinement waiver	Provides a waiver of surrender charges if a covered person is confined to a defined facility	•A covered person must meet the preset conditions for a preset amount to time to qualify for the waiver of surrender charges on a full or partial withdrawal.

InvestEase® — InvestEase, which was formerly called "PAC," is an electronic transfer program that allows you to have money automatically transferred from your checking or savings account, and invested in your Contract. It is available for Premium Payments made after your initial Premium Payment. The minimum amount for each transfer is $50. You can elect to have transfers occur either monthly or quarterly, and they can be made into any Account available in your Contract.23

~~Automatic~~Table ~~Income Program — The Automatic Income Program allows you to Surrender a percentage~~ of your total Premium Payments each Contract Year. You can Surrender from the Accounts you select systematically on a monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual basis. Please see Federal Tax Considerations and Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans for more information regarding the tax consequences associated with your Contract.Contents

~~Asset Rebalancing — In asset rebalancing, you select a portfolio of Funds, and we will rebalance your assets at the specified frequency to reflect the original allocation percentages you selected~~ 9. ~~You~~Death can choose how much of your Contract Value you want to invest in this program. You can also combine this program with others such as the Automatic Income Program and Dollar Cost Averaging Program (subject to restrictions). You may designate only one set of asset allocation instructions at a time.Benefit

~~Dollar~~What ~~Cost~~is ~~Averaging Programs — We currently offer two different types of Dollar Cost Averaging Programs. If you enroll, you may select either~~ the ~~Fixed~~Death ~~Amount~~Benefit ~~DCA~~and ~~Program~~how oris ~~the~~it Earnings/Interest DCA Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program allows you to regularly transfer an amount you select from the Fixed Accumulation Feature or any Fund into a different Fund. The Earnings/Interest DCA Program allows you to regularly transfer the interest from the Fixed Accumulation Feature or the earnings from one Fund into a different Fund. For either Program, you may select transfers on a monthly or quarterly basis, but you must at least make three transfers during the Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program begins at the end of the length of the transfer period you selected plus two business days. That means if you select a monthly transfer, your Earnings/Interest DCA Program will begin one month plus two business days after your enrollment.calculated?

The Death Benefit is the amount we will pay if the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies before the Annuity Commencement Date. The Death Benefit is calculated when we receive a certified death certificate or other legal document acceptable to us.

Until we receive proof of death and the completed instructions from the Beneficiary, the Death Benefit will remain invested in the same Accounts, according to the Contract Owner's last instructions. Therefore, the Death Benefit amount will fluctuate with the performance of the underlying Funds. When there is more than one Beneficiary, we will calculate the Accumulation Units for each Sub-Account for each Beneficiary's portion of the proceeds.

If death occurs before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit is the greatest of:

• The total Premium Payments you have made to us minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders; or

• The Contract Value of your Contract; or

• The Contract Value on the last Contract Seven Year Anniversary before the earlier of the date of death, or the Contract Owner's or the Annuitant's 75th birthday, minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that Seven Year Anniversary.

If death occurs before the Contract Owner's 75th birthday, the Death Benefit is the greatest of:

· The total Premium Payments made to minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders, compounded annually at 3% and capped at a maximum of 200% of total Premium Payments minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders (the "Rollup Amount"); or

•The Contract Value of the Contract adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment; or

•The Contract Value on the last Contract Seven Year Anniversary before the earlier of the date of death, or the Contract Owner's or the Annuitant's 75th birthday, adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment, minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that Seven Year Anniversary.

If death occurs on or after the Contract Owner's 75th birthday, the Death Benefit is the greatest of:

•The Rollup Amount on the earlier of the Contract Owner's or Annuitant's 75th birthday plus any Premium Payments made since that birthday, minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that birthday; or

•The Contract Value of the Contract adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment; or

If the Contract was issued without the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider or before May 1, 1997, the Death Benefit is calculated as follows:

•The total Premium Payments made to minus any partial Surrenders; or

•The Contract Value of the Contract adjusted for any applicable Market Value Adjustment; or

Your Contract's Seven Year Anniversary is the seventh anniversary of the date your Contract was issued, and each following seventh anniversary of that date.

See Appendix D - Death Benefit Examples for more information.

Withdrawals to Pay Advisory Fees

If you receive services for your Contract from a third-party financial intermediary who charges an advisory fee for their services, and you direct us to deduct your advisory fees from your Contract Value, we will treat that deduction as a withdrawal from your Contract Value. Advisory fee withdrawals have the same impact on the value of the death benefit, including the standard death benefit, as any other partial Surrenders. As such, advisory fee withdrawals can severely affect the value of any guaranteed death benefit under your Contract. Such withdrawals may reduce your benefit by the dollar amount actually surrendered and also adjusted by the MVA as illustrated in the example below. Contract Owners should discuss the impact of deducting advisory fees from Contract Value with their financial intermediaries prior to making any election.

Example: This hypothetical example shows only the impact to the total Premium Payments component of your Death Benefit. Since the advisory fee is deducted from your Contract Value, all components of the Death Benefit will be impacted as prescribed in the death benefit definition.

Partial surrenders reduce the total Premium Payments dollar for dollar.

Table of Contents

The total Premium Payments equal $100,000. There is a 1 percent annual advisory fee on the initial Premium Payment which equals $1,000 per contract year fee. After 10 years of deducting $1,000 from the total Premium Payments, that component of the death benefit is $90,000.

How is the Death Benefit paid?

If the Death Benefit is $5,000 or more, the Beneficiary may elect to have their Death Benefit paid through our "Talcott Resolution Pathways Program" (formerly "Safe Haven"). Under this program, the proceeds remain in our General Account and the Beneficiary will receive a draft book. Proceeds are guaranteed by the claims paying ability of the Company; however, it is not a bank account and is not insured by the Federal deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), nor is it backed by any federal or state government agency. The Beneficiary can write one draft for total payment of the Death Benefit, or keep the money in the General Account and write drafts as needed. We will credit interest at a rate determined periodically in our sole discretion. The interest rate is based upon the analysis of interest rates credited to funds left on deposit with other insurance companies under programs similar to the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program. In determining the interest rate, we also factor in the impact of our profitability, general economic trends, competitive factors and administrative expenses. The interest rate credit is not subject to minimum interest rates prescribed by state non-forfeiture laws. For federal income tax purposes, the Beneficiary will be deemed to have received the lump sum payment on transfer of the Death benefit amount to the General account. The interest will be taxable to the Beneficiary in the tax year that it is credited. We may not offer the Talcott Resolution Pathways Program in all states and we reserve the right to discontinue offering it at any time. Although there are no direct charges for the program, we earn investment income from the proceeds. The Investment income we earn is likely more than the amount of interest we credit; therefore, we make a profit from the difference.

Required Distributions — If the Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Death Benefit must be distributed within five years after death or be distributed under a distribution option or Annuity Payout Option that satisfies the Alternatives to the Required Distributions described below. Please see Section (C)(2)(f) of Federal Tax Considerations in Section 13. for more information. If your Contract is qualified, please see Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Plans in Section 13. for additional information.

What should the Beneficiary consider?

If these conditions are not met, the Death Benefit will be treated as a lump sum payment for tax purposes. This sum will be taxable in the year in which it is considered received.

Table of Contents

Spousal Contract Continuation — If the Contract Owner dies and the Beneficiary is the Contract Owner's spouse, the Beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract as the Contract Owner, receive the death benefit in one lump sum payment or elect an Annuity Payout Option. If the Contract continues with the spouse as Contract Owner, we will adjust the Contract Value to the amount that we would have paid as the Death Benefit payment, had the spouse elected to receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum payment. Spousal Contract continuation will only apply one time for each Contract. If you do not name another Beneficiary at the time of continuation, the Beneficiary will default to your estate.

10. Other Programs Available

We may discontinue, modify or amend any of these Programs or any other programs we establish. Any change other than termination of a Program will not affect Contract Owners currently enrolled in the Program. There is no additional charge for these programs. If you are enrolled in any of these programs while a fund merger, substitution or liquidation takes place, unless otherwise noted in any communication from us, your Contract Value invested in such underlying Fund will be transferred automatically to the designated surviving Fund in the case of mergers and any available Money Market Fund in the case of Fund liquidations. Your enrollment instructions will be automatically updated to reflect the surviving Fund or a Money Market Fund for any continued and future investments.

InvestEase® Program

InvestEase®, which was formerly called "PAC," is an electronic transfer program that allows you to have money automatically transferred from your checking or savings account, and invested in your Contract. It is available for Premium Payments made after your initial Premium Payment. The minimum amount for each transfer is $50. You can elect to have transfers occur either monthly or quarterly, and they can be made into any Account available in your Contract.

Automatic Income Program

This systematic withdrawal feature allows you to make partial Surrenders up to 10% of your total Premium Payments each Contract Year without a CDSC, if applicable. You can designate the Funds to be surrendered from and also choose the frequency of partial Surrenders (monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annually). The minimum amount of each Surrender is $100. Amounts taken under this program will count towards the AWA and rider limit, and if received prior to age 59½, may have adverse tax consequences, including a 10% federal income tax penalty on the taxable portion of the Surrender payment. You may satisfy Code Section 72(t)/(q) requirements by enrolling in this program. Please see Section 13 for more information about the tax consequences associated with your Contract.

Asset Rebalancing

In asset rebalancing, you select a portfolio of Funds, and we will rebalance your assets at the specified frequency to reflect the original allocation percentages you selected. You can choose how much of your Contract Value you want to invest in this program. You can also combine this program with others such as the Automatic Income Program and Dollar Cost Averaging Program (subject to restrictions). You may designate only one set of asset allocation instructions at a time. Asset Rebalancing is not available for Guarantee Periods.

Dollar Cost Averaging Programs

We currently offer two different types of Dollar Cost Averaging Programs. If you enroll, you may select either the Fixed Amount DCA Program or the Earnings/Interest DCA Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program allows you to regularly transfer an amount you select from any Fund into a different Fund. The Earnings/Interest DCA Program allows you to regularly transfer the interest from the earnings from one Fund into a different Fund. For either Program, you may select transfers on a monthly or quarterly basis, but you must at least make three transfers during the Program. The Fixed Amount DCA Program begins at the end of the length of the transfer period you selected plus two business days. That means if you select a monthly transfer, your Earnings/Interest DCA Program will begin one month plus two business days after your enrollment.

Other Program considerations

• You may ~~elect to~~ terminate ~~the transfers by calling or writing us of~~ your ~~intent to cancel~~ enrollment in ~~the~~any Program. ~~Upon~~at ~~cancellation,~~any ~~all the amounts remaining in the Program will be immediately transferred to the Sub-Accounts you selected for the Program unless you provide us with different instructions~~time.

• We may ~~limit~~discontinue, ~~the~~modify ~~total~~or ~~number~~amend any of ~~DCA~~these Programs toat 5any ~~Programs~~time. ~~open~~We atwill ~~any~~automatically ~~one~~and ~~time.~~unilaterally amend your enrollment instructions if:

~~• We~~◦any ~~determine,~~Fund inis ~~our~~merged ~~sole~~or ~~discretion,~~substituted ~~the~~into ~~interest~~another ~~rates~~Fund ~~credited~~— tothen ~~the~~your ~~Program.~~allocations ~~These~~will ~~interest~~be ~~rates~~directed ~~may vary depending on the Contract you purchased. Please consult your investment professional~~ to ~~determine~~ the ~~interest~~surviving ~~rate for your Program.~~Fund;

~~• We may discontinue, modify or amend~~ ◦any ofFund ~~these~~is ~~Programs~~liquidated at— ~~any~~then ~~time.~~your Weallocations will ~~automatically~~be ~~and~~directed ~~unilaterally~~to ~~amend~~any ~~your~~available ~~enrollment~~money ~~instructions~~market ~~if:~~Fund.

• any Fund is merged or substituted into another Fund — then your allocations will be directed to the surviving Fund;

• any Fund is liquidated — then your allocations will be directed to any available money market Fund.

You may always provide us with updated instructions following any of these events.

• Continuous or periodic investment neither insures a profit nor protects against a loss in declining markets. Because these Programs involve continuous investing regardless of fluctuating price levels, you should carefully consider your ability to continue investing through periods of fluctuating prices.

• If you make systematic transfers from the Fixed Accumulation Feature under a Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you must wait 6 months after your last systematic transfer before moving Sub-Account Values back to the Fixed Accumulation Feature.26

~~• We~~Table ~~make~~of available educational information and materials (e.g., pie charts, graphs, or case studies) that can help you select a model portfolio, but we do not recommend models or otherwise provide advice as to what model portfolio may be appropriate for you.Contents

• ~~These~~We ~~Programs~~make ~~may~~available beeducational ~~adversely~~information ~~affected~~and bymaterials ~~Fund~~(e.g., ~~trading~~pie ~~policies~~charts, graphs, or case studies) that can help you select a model portfolio, but we do not recommend models or otherwise provide advice as to what model portfolio may be appropriate for you.

~~Other~~•These ~~Information~~Programs may be adversely affected by Fund trading policies.

Table of Contents

11. Other Information

a.State Variations

Florida - The MVA calculation is:

[( 1+ i )/( 1 + j + .0025)] N/12 - 1

i is Guaranteed Rate j is Current Rate

N is Number of months remaining

Nevada - Guarantee Periods are not available.

New York - The Death Benefit is the greatest of: (i) The total Premium Payments made to minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders; or (ii) The Contract Value of the Contract; or (iii) The Contract Value on the last Contract Seven Year Anniversary before the earlier of the date of death, or the Contract Owner's or the Annuitant's 75 birthday, minus the dollar amount of any partial Surrenders since that Seven Year Anniversary.

The MVA calculation is:

[( 1+ i )/( 1 + j + .0025)] N/12 - 1

i is Guaranteed Rate j is Current Rate

N is Number of months remaining

Pennsylvania - Guarantee Periods are not available.

b. Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business and may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any litigation, regulatory examination or investigation, it is possible that the outcome of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows for an individual reporting period. However, based on currently available information, management does not believe that any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Separate Account, the ability of the Principal Underwriter to perform its contract with the Separate Account, or the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the Contracts.

c. More Information

Assignment — A Non-Qualified Contract may be assigned. We must be properly notified in writing of an assignment. Any Annuity Payouts or Surrenders requested or scheduled before we record an assignment will be made according to the instructions we have on record. We are not responsible for determining the validity of an assignment. Assigning a Non-Qualified Contract may require the payment of income taxes and certain penalty taxes. Please consult a qualified tax adviser before assigning your Contract.

A Qualified Contract may not be transferred or otherwise assigned, unless allowed by applicable law.

Contract Modification — The Annuitant may not be changed. However, if the Annuitant is still living, the Contingent Annuitant may be changed at any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date by sending us written notice.

We may modify the Contract, but no modification will affect the amount or term of any Contract unless a modification is required to conform the Contract to applicable federal or state law. No modification will effect the method by which Contract Values are determined.

How Contracts ~~Are~~Were Sold — Talcott Resolution Distribution Company, Inc. ("TDC") serves as principal underwriter for the contracts. TDC is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). The principal business address is ~~One~~1 Griffin Road North, Windsor, CT 06095-1512.

Contracts will be sold by individuals who have been appointed by us as insurance agents and who are investment professionals of broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with TDC. We generally bear the expenses of providing services pursuant to Contracts, including the payment of expenses relating to the distribution of prospectuses for sales purposes as well as any advertising or sales literature (provided, however, we may offset some or all of these expenses by, among other things, administrative service fees received from Fund complexes).

Commissions — We pay compensation to broker-dealers, financial institutions and other affiliated broker-dealers ("Financial Intermediaries") for the sale of the Contracts according to selling agreements with Financial Intermediaries. Affiliated broker-dealers also employ wholesalers in the sales process. Wholesalers typically receive commissions based on the type of Contract or optional benefits sold. Commissions are based on a specified amount of Premium Payments or Contract Value. Your investment professional may be compensated on a fee for services and/or commission basis.

We pay an up-front commission of up to 7% of your Contract Value at the time of sale to the Financial Intermediary that your investment professional is associated with. Your ~~investment~~Investment ~~professional~~Professional's Financial Intermediary may also receive on-going or trail commissions of generally not more than 1% of your Contract Value. Investment ~~professionals~~Professionals may have multiple options on how they wish to allocate their commissions and/or compensation. Compensation paid to your ~~investment~~Investment professional may also vary depending on the particular arrangements between your investment professional and their Financial Intermediary. We are not involved in determining your investment professional's compensation. You are encouraged to ask your investment professional about the basis upon which he or she will be personally compensated for the advice or recommendations provided in connection with this transaction.

Experts

The financial statements of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 included in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in litigation in the ordinary course of business, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff and may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any litigation, regulatory examination or investigation, it is possible that the outcome of such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or cash flows for an individual reporting period. However, based on currently available information, management does not believe that any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect individually or in the aggregate, on the Company's financial condition.

More Information

You may call your investment professional if you have any questions or call us at 1-800-862-6668 or write us at the address below:

Talcott Resolution Life Insurance Company

PO Box 14293

Lexington, KY 40512-4293

1-800-862-6668 (Contract Owners)

1-800-862-7155 (Investment Professionals)

Financial Statements

You can find financial statements of the Separate Account and Union Security in the SAI. To receive a copy of the SAI free of charge, call your representative or complete the form at the end of this prospectus and mail the form to us at the address indicated on the form.

As of May 1, 2009, Union Security has relied on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accordingly does not intend to file with the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, or any other reports under such Act.

Cybersecurity and Disruptions to Business Operations

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our annuity products business. Because our business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyber-attacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized release of confidential customer information. Such systems failures and cyber-attacks affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us and your Contract Value. For instance, systems failures and cyber-attacks may interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate Accumulation Unit value, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. Cybersecurity risks may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your contract to lose value. There can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your contract due to cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.

We are also exposed to risks related to natural and man-made disasters, including public health crises (such as COVID-19), terrorist acts, and other severe events that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business operations. While we have adopted a business continuity plan and taken precautions, we cannot assure you that such events will not result in short- or long-term interruptions to our business operations, particularly if such events affect our computer systems or result in a significant number of our employees becoming unavailable. Interruptions to our business operations may interfere with our ability to effectively administer the Contract, including our ability to process orders and calculate Contract Value. Our third-party service providers and other third-parties related to our business (such as financial intermediaries or, in the case of our variable products, underlying funds) are subject to similar risks, risks of political instability, and disruptions to their business operations may cause interruptions to our own business operations. Even if our employees and the employees of our service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and could lead to delays in our processing of Contract-related transactions, including orders from Contract owners.

The impact of the outbreak and continuing spread of the novel coronavirus ("COVID-19") and the related disruption to the worldwide economy are affecting companies across all industries. Worldwide health emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus have caused severe disruption resulting in an economic slowdown. The duration and impact of the COVID-19 public health crises on the financial markets, overall economy and our operations are uncertain, as is the efficacy of government and central bank interventions. Additionally, we are unable to determine what, if any, actions our regulators may take in response to the COVID-19 public health crises and its impact on financial markets and our operations. At this time, the Company is not able to reliably estimate the length and severity of the COVID-19 public health crises and, as such, cannot quantify its impact on the financial results, liquidity and capital resources of the Company and its operations in future periods.

Federal Tax Considerations

A. Introduction

The following summary of tax rules does not provide or constitute any tax advice. It provides only a general discussion of certain of the expected federal income tax consequences with respect to amounts contributed to, invested in or received from a Contract, based on our understanding of the existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), Treasury Regulations thereunder, and public interpretations thereof by the IRS (e.g., Revenue Rulings, Revenue Procedures or Notices) or by published court decisions. This summary discusses only certain federal income tax consequences to United States Persons, and does not discuss state, local or foreign tax consequences. The term United States Persons means citizens or residents of the United States, domestic corporations, domestic partnerships, trust or estates that are subject to United States federal income tax, regardless of the source of their income. See “Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities” below regarding annuity purchases by, or payments to, non-U.S. Persons. Pursuant to IRS Circular 230, you are hereby notified of the following: The information contained in this document is not intended to (and cannot) be used by anyone to avoid IRS penalties. This document supports the promotion and marketing of insurance products. You should seek advice based on your particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor. This prospectus is not intended to provide tax, accounting or legal advice. Please consult your tax accountant or attorney prior to finalizing or implementing any tax or legal strategy or for any tax, account or legal advice concerning your situation.

This summary has been prepared by us after consultation with tax counsel, but no opinion of tax counsel has been obtained. We do not make any guarantee or representation regarding any tax status (e.g., federal, state, local or foreign) of any Contract or any transaction involving a Contract. In addition, there is always a possibility that the tax treatment of an

annuity contract could change by legislation or other means (such as regulations, rulings or judicial decisions). Moreover, it is always possible that any such change in tax treatment could be made retroactive (that is, made effective prior to the date of the change). Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax adviser for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract.

In addition, although this discussion addresses certain tax consequences if you use the Contract in various arrangements, including Charitable Remainder Trusts, tax-qualified retirement arrangements, deferred compensation plans, split-dollar insurance arrangements, or other employee benefit arrangements, this discussion is not exhaustive. The tax consequences of any such arrangement may vary depending on the particular facts and circumstances of each individual arrangement and whether the arrangement satisfies certain tax qualification or classification requirements. In addition, the tax rules affecting such an arrangement may have changed recently, e.g., by legislation or regulations that affect compensatory or employee benefit arrangements. Therefore, if you are contemplating the use of a Contract in any arrangement the value of which to you depends in part on its tax consequences, you should consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the tax treatment of the proposed arrangement and of any Contract used in it.

As used in the following sections addressing “Federal Tax Considerations,” the term “spouse” means the person to whom you are legally married, as determined under federal tax law. This may include opposite or same-sex spouses, but does not include those in domestic partnerships or civil unions which are not recognized as married for federal tax purposes. You are encouraged to consult with an accountant, lawyer or other qualified tax advisor about your own situation. Although some sections below discuss certain tax considerations in connection with contract loans, this is provided as general information only. Please refer to your contract to determine if your contract contains a loan provision.

The federal, as well as state and local, tax laws and regulations require the Company to report certain transactions with respect to your contract (such as an exchange of or a distribution from the contract) to the Internal Revenue Service and state and local tax authorities, and generally to provide you with a copy of what was reported. This copy is not intended to supplant your own records. It is your responsibility to ensure that what you report to the Internal Revenue Service and other relevant taxing authorities on your income tax returns is accurate based on your books and records. you should review whatever is reported to the taxing authorities by the Company against your own records, and in consultation with your own tax advisor, and should notify the Company if you find any discrepancies in case corrections have to be made.

THE DISCUSSION SET FORTH BELOW IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY. SPECIAL TAX RULES MAY APPLY WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN SITUATIONS THAT ARE NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN. EACH POTENTIAL PURCHASER OF A CONTRACT IS ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER AS TO THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY AMOUNTS INVESTED IN A CONTRACT UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAW.

B. Taxation of the Company and the Separate Account

The Separate Account is taxed as part of the Company which is taxed as a life insurance company under Subchapter L of Chapter 1 of the Code. Accordingly, the Separate Account will not be taxed as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of the Code. Investment income and any realized capital gains on assets of the Separate Account are reinvested and taken into account in determining the value of the Accumulation and Annuity Units. As a result, such investment income and realized capital gains are automatically applied to increase reserves under the Contract.

Currently, no taxes are due on interest, dividends and short-term or long-term capital gain earned by the Separate Account with respect to the Contracts. The Company is entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the Separate Account. These tax benefits, which include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you since the Company is the owner of the assets from which the tax benefits are derived.

C. Taxation of Annuities — General Provisions Affecting Contracts Not Held in Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans

Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general.

1. Non-Natural Persons as Owners

Pursuant to Code Section 72(u), an annuity contract held by a taxpayer other than a natural person generally is not treated as an annuity contract under the Code. Instead, such a non-natural Contract Owner generally could be required to include in gross income currently for each taxable year the excess of (a) the sum of the Contract Value as of the close of the taxable year and all previous distributions under the Contract over (b) the sum of net premiums paid for the taxable year and any prior taxable year and the amount includable in gross income for any prior taxable year with respect to the Contract under Section 72(u). However, Section 72(u) does not apply to:

•A contract the nominal owner of which is a non-natural person but the beneficial owner of which is a natural person (e.g., where the non-natural owner holds the contract as an agent for the natural person),

•A contract acquired by the estate of a decedent by reason of such decedent’s death,

•Certain contracts acquired with respect to tax-qualified retirement arrangements,

•Certain contracts held in structured settlement arrangements that may qualify under Code Section 130, or

•A single premium immediate annuity contract under Code Section 72(u)(4), which provides for substantially equal periodic payments and an annuity starting date that is no later than 1 year from the date of the contract’s purchase.

A non-natural Contract Owner that is a tax-exempt entity for federal tax purposes (e.g., a tax-qualified retirement trust or a Charitable Remainder Trust) generally would not be subject to federal income tax as a result of such current gross income under Code Section 72(u). However, such a tax-exempt entity, or any annuity contract that it holds, may need to satisfy certain tax requirements in order to maintain its qualification for such favorable tax treatment. See, e.g., IRS Tech. Adv. Memo. 9825001 for certain Charitable Remainder Trusts.

Pursuant to Code Section 72(s), if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, the primary annuitant is treated as the “holder” in applying the required distribution rules described below. These rules require that certain distributions be made upon the death of a “holder.” In addition, for a non-natural owner, a change in the primary annuitant is treated as the death of the “holder.” However, the provisions of Code Section 72(s) do not apply to certain contracts held in tax-qualified retirement arrangements or structured settlement arrangements.

For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, estates and trusts with gross income from annuities may be subject to an additional tax (Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) of 3.8%, depending upon the amount of the estate’s or trust’s adjusted gross income for the taxable year.

2. Other Contract Owners (Natural Persons).

A Contract Owner is not taxed on increases in the value of the Contract until an amount is received or deemed received, e.g., in the form of a lump sum payment (full or partial value of a Contract) or as Annuity payments under the settlement option elected.

The provisions of Section 72 of the Code concerning distributions are summarized briefly below. Also summarized are special rules affecting distributions from Contracts obtained in a tax-free exchange for other annuity contracts or life insurance contracts which were purchased prior to August 14, 1982. For tax years beginning after December 31, 2012, individuals with gross income from annuities may be subject to an additional tax (Unearned Income Medicare Contribution) of 3.8%, depending upon exceeding certain income thresholds.

a. Amounts Received as an Annuity

Contract payments made periodically at regular intervals over a period of more than one full year, such that the total amount payable is determinable from the start (“amounts received as an annuity”) are includable in gross income to the extent the payments exceed the amount determined by the application of the ratio of the allocable “investment in the contract” to the total amount of the payments to be made after the start of the payments (the “exclusion ratio”) under Section 72 of the Code. Total premium payments less amounts received which were not includable in gross income equal the “investment in the contract.” The start of the payments may be the Annuity Commencement Date, or may be an annuity starting date assigned should any portion less than the full Contract be converted to periodic payments from the Contract (Annuity Payouts).

i.When the total of amounts excluded from income by application of the exclusion ratio is equal to the allocated investment in the contract for the Annuity Payout, any additional payments (including surrenders) will be entirely includable in gross income.

ii.To the extent that the value of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “investment in the contract,” such excess constitutes the “income on the contract”. It is unclear what value should be used in determining the “income on the contract.” We believe that the “income on the contract” does not include some measure of the value of certain future cash-value type benefits, but the IRS could take a contrary position and include such value in determining the “income on the contract”.

iii.Under Section 72(a)(2) of the Code, if any amount is received as an annuity (i.e., as one of a series of periodic payments at regular intervals over more than one full year) for a period of 10 or more years, or during one or more lives, under any portion of an annuity, endowment, or life insurance contract, then that portion of the contract shall be treated as a separate contract with its own annuity starting date (otherwise referred to as a partial annuitization of the contract). This assigned annuity starting date for the new separate contract can be different from the original Annuity Commencement Date for the Contract. Also, for purposes of applying the exclusion ratio for the amounts received under the partial annuitization, the investment in the contract before receiving any such amounts shall be allocated pro rata between the portion of the Contract from which such amounts are received as an annuity and the portion of the Contract from which amounts are not received as an annuity. These provisions apply to payments received in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010.

b. Amounts Not Received as an Annuity

i.To the extent that the “cash value” of the Contract (ignoring any surrender charges except on a full surrender) exceeds the “investment in the contract,” such excess constitutes the “income on the contract.”

ii.Any amount received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date (e.g., upon a withdrawal or partial surrender), which is non-periodic and not part of a partial annuitization, is deemed to come first from any

such “income on the contract” and then from “investment in the contract,” and for these purposes such “income on the contract” is computed by reference to the aggregation rule described in subparagraph 2.c. below. As a result, any such amount received or deemed received (1) shall be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does not exceed any such “income on the contract,” and (2) shall not be includable in gross income to the extent that such amount does exceed any such “income on the contract.” If at the time that any amount is received or deemed received there is no “income on the contract” (e.g., because the gross value of the Contract does not exceed the “investment in the contract,” and no aggregation rule applies), then such amount received or deemed received will not be includable in gross income, and will simply reduce the “investment in the contract.”

iii.Generally, non-periodic amounts received or deemed received after the Annuity Commencement Date (or after the assigned annuity starting date for a partial annuitization) are not entitled to any exclusion ratio and shall be fully includable in gross income. However, upon a full surrender after such date, only the excess of the amount received (after any surrender charge) over the remaining “investment in the contract” shall be includable in gross income (except to the extent that the aggregation rule referred to in the next subparagraph 2.c. may apply).

iv.The receipt of any amount as a loan under the Contract or the assignment or pledge of any portion of the value of the Contract shall be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a.

v.In general, the transfer of the Contract, without full and adequate consideration, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.a. This transfer rule does not apply, however, to certain transfers of property between Spouses or incident to divorce.

vi.In general, any amount actually received under the Contract as a Death Benefit, including an optional Death Benefit, if any, will be treated as an amount received for purposes of this subparagraph 2.b. and the previous subparagraph 2.

c. Aggregation of Two or More Annuity Contracts.

Contracts issued after October 21, 1988 by the same insurer (or affiliated insurer) to the same owner within the same calendar year (other than certain contracts held in connection with tax-qualified retirement arrangements) will be aggregated and treated as one annuity contract for the purpose of determining the taxation of distributions prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. An annuity contract received in a tax-free exchange for another annuity contract or life insurance contract may be treated as a new contract for this purpose. We believe that for any Contracts subject to such aggregation, the values under the Contracts and the investment in the contracts will be added together to determine the taxation under subparagraph 2.a., above, of amounts received or deemed received prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. Withdrawals will be treated first as withdrawals of income until all of the income from all such Contracts is withdrawn. In addition, the Treasury Department has specific authority under the aggregation rules in Code Section 72(e)(12) to issue regulations to prevent the avoidance of the income-out-first rules for non-periodic distributions through the serial purchase of annuity contracts or otherwise. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no regulations interpreting these aggregation provisions.

d. 10% Penalty Tax — Applicable to Certain Withdrawals and Annuity Payments.

i.If any amount is received or deemed received on the Contract (before or after the Annuity Commencement Date), the Code applies a penalty tax equal to ten percent of the portion of the amount includable in gross income, unless an exception applies.

ii.The 10% penalty tax will not apply to the following distributions:

1.Distributions made on or after the date the recipient has attained the age of 59½.

2.Distributions made on or after the death of the holder or, where the holder is not an individual, the death of the primary annuitant.

3.Distributions attributable to a recipient becoming disabled.

4.A distribution that is part of a scheduled series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the recipient (or the joint lives or life expectancies of the recipient and the recipient’s designated Beneficiary).

5.Distributions made under certain annuities issued in connection with structured settlement agreements.

6.Distributions of amounts which are allocable to the “investment in the contract” prior to August 14, 1982 (see next subparagraph e.).

7.Distributions purchased by an employer upon termination of certain qualified plans and held by the employer until the employee separates from service.

If the taxpayer avoids this 10% penalty tax by qualifying for the substantially equal periodic payments exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death or disability), the 10% penalty tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., penalty tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the taxpayer has reached age 59½ and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.

~~e. Special~~Table ~~Provisions Affecting Contracts Obtained Through a Tax-Free Exchange~~ of ~~Other Annuity or Life Insurance Contracts Purchased Prior to August 14, 1982.~~ Contents

IfProfessional ~~the~~may ~~Contract~~also ~~was~~vary ~~obtained~~depending byon ~~a tax-free exchange of a life insurance or annuity Contract purchased prior to August 14, 1982, then any amount received or deemed received prior to~~ the ~~Annuity~~particular ~~Commencement~~arrangements ~~Date~~between ~~shall~~your ~~be deemed to come (1) first from the amount of the “~~investment inprofessional ~~the~~and ~~contract”~~their ~~prior~~Financial toIntermediary. ~~August~~We ~~14,~~are ~~1982~~not ~~(“pre-8/14/82~~involved ~~investment”) carried over from the prior Contract, (2) then from the portion of the “income on the contract” (carried over to, as well as accumulating~~ in, ~~the~~determining ~~successor~~your ~~Contract) that is attributable to such pre-8/14/82~~ investment, ~~(3)~~professional's ~~then from the remaining “income on the contract” and (4) last from the remaining “investment in the contract~~compensation.” AsYou aare ~~result,~~encouraged to ~~the~~ask ~~extent~~your ~~that such amount received or deemed received does not exceed such pre-8/14/82~~ investment, ~~such~~professional ~~amount~~about ~~is not includable in gross income. In addition, to~~ the ~~extent~~basis ~~that~~upon ~~such~~which ~~amount~~he ~~received~~ or ~~deemed~~she ~~received~~will ~~does~~be ~~not~~personally ~~exceed~~compensated ~~the~~for ~~sum of (a) such pre-8/14/82 investment and (b)~~ the ~~“income~~advice ~~on the contract” attributable thereto, such amount is not subject to the 10% penalty tax. In all other respects, amounts received~~ or ~~deemed~~recommendations ~~received~~provided ~~from~~in ~~such~~connection ~~post-exchange~~with ~~Contracts are generally subject to the rules described in~~ this ~~subparagraph e~~transaction.

fIf you enter into an agreement for investment advisory services for your Contract with a financial intermediary who acts as an investment adviser and charges you an advisory fee for their services, you pay that advisory fee under your agreement with the financial intermediary. ~~Required~~ ~~Distributions~~ We do not intend to pay Sales Commissions to financial intermediaries who receive investment advisory fees from Contract Owners because such financial intermediaries receive compensation in connection with the Contract in the form of those advisory fees.

id.~~Death~~ ofFinancial ~~Contract Owner or Primary Annuitant~~ Statements

~~Subject~~Our tofinancial ~~the~~statements ~~alternative~~are ~~election~~included orin ~~Spouse~~Section ~~beneficiary~~12 ~~provisions~~of this prospectus. Financial statements for the Separate Account are incorporated by reference in iithe Statement of Additional Information. To receive a copy of the Statement of Additional Information free of charge, call your investment professional or ~~iii~~contact ~~below:~~ us. The back cover page of this prospectus includes instructions on how to request a Statement of Additional Information from us.

~~1.If~~Union ~~any~~Security ~~Contract~~has ~~Owner~~relied ~~dies~~ on ~~or after~~ the ~~Annuity~~exemption ~~Commencement~~provided ~~Date~~by ~~and~~Rule ~~before~~12h-7 under the ~~entire~~Securities ~~interest~~Exchange inAct ~~the~~of ~~Contract~~1934, ~~has~~as ~~been distributed~~amended, ~~the~~and ~~remaining~~accordingly ~~portion~~will ofnot ~~such~~file ~~interest~~with ~~shall~~the beU.S. ~~distributed~~Securities atExchange ~~least~~Commission asannual ~~rapidly~~reports ason ~~under~~Form ~~the~~10-K, ~~method~~quarterly ofreports ~~distribution~~on ~~being~~Form ~~used~~10-Q, ascurrent ofreports ~~the~~on ~~date~~Form of8-K, or any other reports under such ~~death;~~ Act.

2e.If ~~any~~Cybersecurity ~~Contract~~and ~~Owner~~Disruptions ~~dies~~to ~~before~~Business ~~the~~Operations ~~Annuity Commencement Date, the entire interest in the Contract shall be distributed within 5 years after such death; and~~

~~3.If~~Our ~~the~~business ~~Contract~~is ~~Owner~~highly isdependent ~~not~~upon anthe ~~individual,~~effective ~~then~~operation ~~for~~of ~~purposes~~our computer systems and those of 1our business partners and service providers. orOur 2business is therefore vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from system failures and cybersecurity incidents. ~~above~~These risks include, among other things, the ~~primary~~theft, ~~annuitant~~misuse, ~~under~~corruption ~~the~~and ~~Contract~~destruction ~~shall~~of beelectronic ~~treated~~data, asinterference ~~the~~with ~~Contract~~or ~~Owner~~denial of service, attacks on systems or websites and ~~any~~other ~~change~~operational indisruptions that could severely impede our ability to conduct our business and administer the ~~primary~~Contract. ~~annuitant~~Financial ~~shall~~services becompanies ~~treated~~and astheir third-party service providers are increasingly the ~~death~~targets of cyber-attacks involving the ~~Contract~~encryption ~~Owner~~of data (e.g., ~~The~~ransomware), ~~primary~~disruptions ~~annuitant~~in iscommunications ~~the~~(e.g., ~~individual~~denial of service), ~~the~~or ~~events~~unauthorized inaccess ~~the~~to ~~life~~or release of ~~whom~~personal ~~are~~or confidential information. In 2023, we were notified of ~~primary~~a ~~importance~~data insecurity ~~affecting~~incident involving the ~~timing~~MOVEit orfile ~~amount~~transfer ofsystem used by numerous financial services companies. A third-party vendor uses that software on our behalf to, among other things, identify the ~~payout~~deaths of insured persons and annuitants under life insurance policies and annuity contracts. We notified affected customers as required by law, and we continue to assess and investigate the ~~Contract~~overall impact of the incident. The techniques used to attack systems and networks change frequently, are becoming more sophisticated, and can originate from a wide variety of sources. The use of remote or flexible work arrangements, remote access tools, and mobile technology has expanded potential targets for cyber-attack.

iiSystem failures and cybersecurity incidents may adversely affect you and/or your Contract.~~Alternative~~ ~~Election~~For instance, a cyber-attack may interfere with our ability to ~~Satisfy~~process ~~Distribution~~Contract ~~Requirements~~transactions or calculate Contract values, including Accumulation Unit values, or could result in the release of confidential customer information. Such events could also adversely affect us, as they may result in regulatory fines, financial losses and reputational damage. Cybersecurity incidents may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your Contract to lose value. Although we take efforts to protect our systems from cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that we or our service providers or the underlying funds will be able to avoid cybersecurity incidents affecting Contract owners in the future. It is possible that a cybersecurity incident could persist for an extended period of time without detection.

IfWe ~~any~~are ~~portion~~also ofexposed ~~the~~to ~~interest~~risks related to natural and man-made disasters, and other severe events, such as storms, public health crises, terrorist acts, and military actions, any of awhich ~~Contract~~could ~~Owner~~adversely ~~described~~affect inour ibusiness operations. ~~above~~While iswe ~~payable~~have a business continuity plan and have taken precautions, we cannot assure you that severe events will not result in interruptions to our business operations, particularly if such events affect our computer systems or ~~for~~result ~~the~~in ~~benefit~~a significant number of aour ~~designated~~employees ~~beneficiary,~~becoming ~~such~~unavailable. ~~beneficiary~~Interruptions to our business operations may ~~elect~~impair our ability to ~~have~~effectively administer the ~~portion~~Contract, ~~distributed~~including ~~over~~our aability ~~period~~to ~~that~~process ~~does~~orders ~~not~~and ~~extend~~calculate ~~beyond~~Contract ~~the~~values. ~~life~~Additionally, our third-party service providers and other third-parties related to our business (such as financial intermediaries or ~~life~~underlying ~~expectancy~~funds) ofare ~~the~~subject ~~beneficiary~~to similar risks. ~~Such~~Successful ~~distributions~~implementation ~~must~~and ~~begin~~execution ~~within~~of atheir ~~year~~business ofcontinuity ~~the~~policies ~~Contract~~and ~~Owner’s~~procedures ~~death~~are largely beyond our control. Disruptions to their business operations may impair our own business operations.

iii.Spouse Beneficiary

If any portion of the interest of a Contract Owner is payable to or for the benefit of his or her Spouse, and the Annuitant or Contingent Annuitant is living, such Spouse shall be treated as the Contract Owner of such portion for purposes of section i. above. This Spousal Contract continuation shall apply only once for this Contract.

iv.Civil Union or Domestic Partner

Upon the death of the Contract Owner prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, if the designated beneficiary is the surviving civil union or domestic partner of the Contract Owner, rather than the spouse of the Contract Owner, then such designated beneficiary is not permitted to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract Owner. A designated beneficiary who is a same sex spouse will be permitted to continue the Contract as the succeeding Contract Owner.

g. Addition of Rider or Material Change.

The addition of a rider to the Contract, or a material change in the Contract’s provisions, could cause it to be considered newly issued or entered into for tax purposes, and thus could cause the Contract to lose certain grandfathered tax status. Please contact your tax adviser for more information.

h. Partial Exchanges.

The owner of an annuity contract can direct its insurer to transfer a portion of the contract's cash value directly to another annuity contract (issued by the same insurer or by a different insurer), and such a direct transfer can qualify for tax-free exchange treatment under Code Section 1035 (a "partial exchange"). The IRS in Revenue Procedure 2011-38, indicated that a partial exchange made on or after October 24, 2011 will be treated as a tax-free exchange under Code Section 1035 if there is no distribution from or surrender of, either contract involved in the exchange within 180 days of such exchange. Amounts received as annuity payments for a period of at least 10 years on one or more lives will not be treated as distributions for this purpose. If a transfer does not meet the 180-day test, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and treatment of the transfer.

WeTable ~~advise~~of ~~you to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to the potential tax consequences before attempting any partial exchanges.~~Contents

312. ~~Diversification~~ ~~Requirements.~~ Further Information About Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

The Code requires that investments supporting your Contract be adequately diversified. Code Section 817(h) provides that a variable annuity contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for any period during which the investments made by the separate account or Fund are not adequately diversified. If a contract is not treated as an annuity contract, the contract owner will be subject to income tax on annual increases in cash value.

The Treasury Department’s diversification regulations under Code Section 817(h) require, among other things, that:

•no more than 55% of the value of the total assets of the segregated asset account underlying a variable contract is represented by any one investment,

•no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,

•no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and

•no more than 90% is represented by any four investments.

In determining whether the diversification standards are met, all securities of the same issuer, all interests in the same real property project, and all interests in the same commodity are each treated as a single investment. In the case of government securities, each government agency or instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer.

A separate account must be in compliance with the diversification standards on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days after the quarter ends. If an insurance company inadvertently fails to meet the diversification requirements, the company may still comply within a reasonable period and avoid the taxation of contract income on an ongoing basis. However, either the insurer or the contract owner must agree to make adjustments or pay such amounts as may be required by the IRS for the period during which the diversification requirements were not met.

Fund shares may also be sold to tax-qualified plans pursuant to an exemptive order and applicable tax laws. If Fund shares are sold to non-qualified plans, or to tax-qualified plans that later lose their tax-qualified status, the affected Funds may fail the diversification requirements of Code Section 817(h), which could have adverse tax consequences for Contract Owners with premiums allocated to affected Funds. In order to prevent a Fund diversification failure from such an occurrence, the Company obtained a private letter ruling (“PLR”) from the IRS. As long as the Funds comply with certain terms and conditions contained in the PLR, Fund diversification will not be prevented if purported tax-qualified plans invest in the Funds. The Company and the Funds will monitor the Funds’ compliance with the terms and conditions contained in the PLR.

4. Tax Ownership of the Assets in the Separate Account.

In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax income deferral, assets in the separate account supporting the contract must be considered to be owned by the insurance company, and not by the contract owner, for tax purposes. The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the “owner” of separate account assets for income tax purposes if the contract owner possesses sufficient incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. In circumstances where the variable contract owner is treated as the “tax owner” of certain separate account assets, income and gain from such assets would be includable in the variable contract owner’s gross income. The Treasury Department indicated in 1986 that it would provide guidance on the extent to which contract owners may direct their investments to particular Sub-Accounts without being treated as tax owners of the underlying shares. Although no such regulations have been issued to date, the IRS has issued a number of rulings that indicate that this issue remains subject to a facts and circumstances test for both variable annuity and life insurance contracts.

Rev. Rul. 2003-92, amplified by Rev. Rul. 2007-7, indicates that, where interests in a partnership offered in an insurer’s separate account are not available exclusively through the purchase of a variable insurance contract (e.g., where such interests can be purchased directly by the general public or others without going through such a variable contract), such “public availability” means that such interests should be treated as owned directly by the contract owner (and not by the insurer) for tax purposes, as if such contract owner had chosen instead to purchase such interests directly (without going through the variable contract). None of the shares or other interests in the fund choices offered in our Separate Account for your Contract are available for purchase except through an insurer’s variable contracts or by other permitted entities.

Rev. Rul. 2003-91 indicates that an insurer could provide as many as 20 fund choices for its variable contract owners (each with a general investment strategy, e.g., a small company stock fund or a special industry fund) under certain circumstances, without causing such a contract owner to be treated as the tax owner of any of the Fund assets. The ruling does not specify the number of fund options, if any, that might prevent a variable contract owner from receiving favorable tax treatment. As a result, although the owner of a Contract has more than 20 fund choices, we believe that any owner of a Contract also should receive the same favorable tax treatment. However, there is necessarily some uncertainty here as long as the IRS continues to use a facts and circumstances test for investor control and other tax ownership issues. Therefore, we reserve the right to modify the Contract as necessary to prevent you from being treated as the tax owner of any underlying assets.

D. Federal Income Tax Withholding

The portion of an amount received under a Contract that is taxable gross income to the Payee is also subject to federal income tax withholding, pursuant to Code Section 3405, which requires the following:

1.Non-Periodic Distributions. The portion of a non-periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is subject to federal income tax withholding unless an individual elects not to have such tax withheld (“election out”). We will provide such an “election out” form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “election out” form is not submitted to us in a timely manner, generally we are required to withhold 10 percent of the includable amount of distribution and remit it to the IRS.

2.Periodic Distributions (payable over a period greater than one year). The portion of a periodic distribution that is includable in gross income is generally subject to federal income tax withholding as if the Payee were a married individual claiming 3 exemptions, unless the individual elects otherwise. An individual generally may elect out of such withholding, or elect to have income tax withheld at a different rate, by providing a completed election form. We will provide such an election form at the time such a distribution is requested. If the necessary “election out” forms are not submitted to us in a timely manner, we are required to withhold tax as if the recipient were married claiming 3 exemptions, and remit this amount to the IRS.

Generally no “election out” is permitted if the distribution is delivered outside the United States and any possession of the United States. Regardless of any “election out” (or any amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from a Contract, the Payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of such amount received. A Payee also may be required to pay penalties under estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the Payee’s total tax liability.

E. General Provisions Affecting Qualified Retirement Plans

The Contract may be used for a number of qualified retirement plans. If the Contract is being purchased with respect to some form of qualified retirement plan, please refer to the section entitled “Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans” for information relative to the types of plans for which it may be used and the general explanation of the tax features of such plans.

F. Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities

The discussion above provides general information regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences to annuity purchasers that are U.S. persons (such as U.S. citizens or U.S. resident aliens). Purchasers (and payees such as a purchaser’s beneficiary) that are not U.S. persons (such as a Nonresident Alien) will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding on taxable annuity distributions at a 30% rate, unless a lower treaty rate applies and any required information and IRS tax forms (such as IRS Form W-8BEN) are submitted to us. If withholding tax applies, we are generally required to withhold tax at a 30% rate, or a lower treaty rate if applicable, and remit it to the IRS. Foreign entities (such as foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, or foreign trusts) must provide the appropriate IRS tax forms (such as IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other appropriate Form W-8). If required by law, we may withhold 30% from any taxable payment in accordance with applicable requirements such as The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) and applicable regulations. An updated Form W-8 is generally required to be submitted every three years. Purchasers may also be subject to state premium tax, other state and/or municipal taxes, and taxes that may be imposed by the purchaser’s country of citizenship or residence.

G. Estate, Gift and Generation-Skipping Tax and Related Tax Considerations

Any amount payable upon a Contract Owner’s death, whether before or after the Annuity Commencement Date, is generally includable in the Contract Owner’s estate for federal estate tax purposes. Similarly, prior to the Contract Owner’s death, the payment of any amount from the Contract, or the transfer of any interest in the Contract, to a beneficiary or other person for less than adequate consideration may have federal gift tax consequences. In addition, any transfer to, or designation of, a non-Spouse beneficiary who either is (1) 37½ or more years younger than a Contract Owner or (2) a grandchild (or more remote further descendant) of a Contract Owner may have federal generation-skipping-transfer (“GST”) tax consequences under Code Section 2601. Regulations under Code Section 2662 may require us to deduct any such GST tax from your Contract, or from any applicable payment, and pay it directly to the IRS. However, any federal estate, gift or GST tax payment with respect to a Contract could produce an offsetting income tax deduction for a beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) (partially offsetting such federal estate or GST tax) or a basis increase for a beneficiary or transferee under Code Section 691(c) or Section 1015(d). In addition, as indicated above in “Distributions Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date,” the transfer of a Contract for less than adequate consideration during the Contract Owner’s lifetime generally is treated as producing an amount received by such Contract Owner that is subject to both income tax and the 10% penalty tax. To the extent that such an amount deemed received causes an amount to be includable currently in such Contract Owner’s gross income, this same income amount could produce a corresponding increase in such Contract Owner’s tax basis for such Contract that is carried over to the transferee’s tax basis for such Contract under Code Section 72(e)(4)(C)(iii) and Section 1015.

H. Tax Disclosure Obligations

In some instances certain transactions must be disclosed to the IRS or penalties could apply. See, for example, IRS Notice 2009-59. The Code also requires certain “material advisers” to maintain a list of persons participating in such “reportable transactions,” which list must be furnished to the IRS upon request. It is possible that such disclosures could be required by us, the Owner(s) or other persons involved in transactions involving annuity contracts. It is the responsibility of each party, in consultation with their tax and legal advisers, to determine whether the particular facts and circumstances warrant such disclosures.

Information Regarding Tax-Qualified Retirement Plans

IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING 2020 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS: On March 27, 2020 The Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act (the “Act”) became law. The Act suspends, for 2020, Required Minimum Distribution (“RMD”) rules for most tax qualified retirement plans. A more detailed discussion of the general RMD rules can be found below, but those rules are generally suspended for 2020. The act also suspends RMDs for beneficiaries in 2020.

If you are enrolled in the automatic RMD program, we will continue to calculate your RMD for 2020 and will make that payment to you, unless you instruct us to do otherwise.

We recommend that you discuss the Act and your options with your investment advisor or tax professional.

This summary does not attempt to provide more than general information about the federal income tax rules associated with use of a Contract by a tax-qualified retirement plan. State income tax rules applicable to tax-qualified retirement plans often differ from federal income tax rules, and this summary does not describe any of these differences. Because of the complexity of the tax rules, owners, participants and beneficiaries are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors as to specific tax consequences.

The Contracts are available to a variety of tax-qualified retirement plans and arrangements (a “Qualified Plan” or “Plan”). Tax restrictions and consequences for Contracts or accounts under each type of Qualified Plan differ from each other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. In addition, individual Qualified Plans may have terms and conditions that impose additional rules. Therefore, no attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners, annuitants and beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under such Qualified Plans may be subject to terms and conditions of the Plans themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract issued in connection therewith. Qualified Plans generally provide for the tax deferral of income regardless of whether the Qualified Plan invests in an annuity or other investment. You should consider if the Contract is a suitable investment if you are investing through a Qualified Plan.

The following is only a general discussion about types of Qualified Plans for which the Contracts may be available. We are not the plan administrator for any Qualified Plan. The plan administrator or custodian, whichever is applicable, (but not us) is responsible for all Plan administrative duties including, but not limited to, notification of distribution options, disbursement of Plan benefits, handling any processing and administration of Qualified Plan loans, compliance with regulatory requirements and federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions from the Plan to Plan participants and, if applicable, beneficiaries of Plan participants and IRA contributions from Plan participants. Our administrative duties are limited to administration of the Contract and any disbursements of any Contract benefits to the Owner, annuitant or beneficiary of the Contract, as applicable. Our tax reporting responsibility is limited to federal and state tax reporting of income/distributions to the applicable payee and IRA contributions from the Owner of a Contract, as recorded on our books and records. If you are purchasing a Contract through a Qualified Plan, you should consult with your Plan administrator and/or a qualified tax adviser. You also should consult with a qualified tax adviser and/or Plan administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.

The tax rules applicable to Qualified Contracts and Qualified Plans, including restrictions on contributions and distributions, taxation of distributions and tax penalties, vary according to the type of Qualified Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan itself. Various tax penalties may apply to contributions in excess of specified limits, plan distributions (including loans) that do not comply with specified limits, and certain other transactions relating to such Plans. Accordingly, this summary provides only general information about the tax rules associated with use of a Qualified Contract in such a Qualified Plan. In addition, some Qualified Plans are subject to distribution and other requirements that are not incorporated into our administrative procedures. Owners, participants, and beneficiaries are responsible for determining that contributions, distributions and other transactions comply with applicable tax (and non-tax) law and any applicable Qualified Plan terms. Because of the complexity of these rules, Owners, participants and beneficiaries are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser as to specific tax consequences.

We do not currently offer the Contracts in connection with all of the types of Qualified Plans discussed below, and may not offer the Contracts for all types of Qualified Plans in the future.

1. Individual Retirement Annuities (“IRAs”).

In addition to “traditional” IRAs governed by Code Sections 408(a) and (b) (“Traditional IRAs”), there are Roth IRAs governed by Code Section 408A, SEP IRAs governed by Code Section 408(k), and SIMPLE IRAs governed by Code Section 408(p). Also, Qualified Plans under Code Section 401, 403(b) or 457(b) may elect to provide for a separate account or annuity contract that accepts after-tax employee contributions and is treated as a “Deemed IRA” under Code Section 408(q), which is generally subject to the same rules and limitations as Traditional IRAs. Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing limitations. The following is a very general description of each type of IRA for which a Contract is available.

a. Traditional IRAs

Traditional IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed each year, the persons who may be eligible, and the time when minimum distributions must begin. Depending upon the circumstances of the individual, contributions to a Traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or non-deductible basis. Failure to take required minimum distributions (“RMDs”), as described below, may result in imposition of a 50% additional tax on any excess of the RMD amount over the amount actually distributed. In addition, any amount received before the Owner reaches age 59½ or dies is subject to a 10% additional tax on premature distributions, unless a special exception applies. Under Code Section 408(e), an IRA may not be used for borrowing (or as security for any loan) or in certain prohibited transactions, and such a transaction could lead to the complete tax disqualification of an IRA.

You (or your surviving spouse if you die) may rollover funds tax-free from certain existing Qualified Plans (such as proceeds from existing insurance contracts, annuity contracts or securities) into a Traditional IRA under certain circumstances, as indicated below. However, mandatory tax withholding of 20% may apply to any eligible rollover distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans if the distribution is not transferred directly to the Traditional IRA. In addition, under Code Section 402(c)(11) a non-spouse “designated beneficiary” of a deceased Plan participant may make a tax-free “direct rollover” (in the form of a direct transfer between Plan fiduciaries, as described below in “Rollover Distributions”) from certain Qualified Plans to a Traditional IRA for such beneficiary, but such Traditional IRA must be designated and treated as an “inherited IRA” that remains subject to applicable RMD rules (as if such IRA had been inherited from the deceased Plan participant).

IRAs generally may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an annuity contract that is used as an IRA may provide a death benefit that equals the greater of the premiums paid or the contract’s cash value. The Contract offers an enhanced death benefit that may exceed the greater of the Contract Value or total premium payments. The tax rules are unclear as to what extent an IRA can provide a death benefit that exceeds the greater of the IRA’s cash value or the sum of the premiums paid and other contributions into the IRA. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.

b. SEP IRAs

Code Section 408(k) provides for a Traditional IRA in the form of an employer-sponsored defined contribution plan known as a Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) or a SEP IRA. A SEP IRA can have employer contributions, and in limited circumstances employee and salary reduction contributions, as well as higher overall contribution limits than a Traditional IRA, but a SEP is also subject to special tax-qualification requirements (e.g., on participation, nondiscrimination and withdrawals) and sanctions. Otherwise, a SEP IRA is generally subject to the same tax rules as for a Traditional IRA, which are described above. Please note that the IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.

c. SIMPLE IRAs

The Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of small employers (“SIMPLE Plan”) is a form of an employer-sponsored Qualified Plan that provides IRA benefits for the participating employees (“SIMPLE IRAs”). Depending upon the SIMPLE Plan, employers may make plan contributions into a SIMPLE IRA established by each eligible participant. Like a Traditional IRA, a SIMPLE IRA is subject to the 50% additional tax for failure to make a full RMD, and to the 10% additional tax on premature distributions, as described below. In addition, the 10% additional tax is increased to 25% for amounts received during the 2-year period beginning on the date you first participated in a qualified salary reduction arrangement pursuant to a SIMPLE Plan maintained by your employer under Code Section 408(p)(2). Contributions to a SIMPLE IRA may be either salary deferral contributions or employer contributions, and these are subject to different tax limits from those for a Traditional IRA. Please note that the SIMPLE IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as an SIMPLE IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.

A SIMPLE Plan may designate a single financial institution (a Designated Financial Institution) as the initial trustee, custodian or issuer (in the case of an annuity contract) of the SIMPLE IRA set up for each eligible participant. However, any such Plan also must allow each eligible participant to have the balance in his SIMPLE IRA held by the Designated Financial Institution transferred without cost or penalty to a SIMPLE IRA maintained by a different financial institution. Absent a

Designated Financial Institution, each eligible participant must select the financial institution to hold his SIMPLE IRA, and notify his employer of this selection.

If we do not serve as the Designated Financial Institution for your employer’s SIMPLE Plan, for you to use one of our Contracts as a SIMPLE IRA, you need to provide your employer with appropriate notification of such a selection under the SIMPLE Plan. If you choose, you may arrange for a qualifying transfer of any amounts currently held in another SIMPLE IRA for your benefit to your SIMPLE IRA with us.

d. Roth IRAs

Code Section 408A permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA. Contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, but withdrawals of amounts contributed and the earnings thereon that meet certain requirements are not subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed by the persons who may be eligible to contribute, certain Traditional IRA restrictions, and certain RMD rules on the death of the Contract Owner. Unlike a Traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are not subject to RMD rules during the Contract Owner’s lifetime. Generally, however, upon the Owner’s death the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be distributed in accordance with rules similar to those of a Traditional IRA. Prior to January 1, 2018, the Owner of a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan assets could recharacterize a Traditional IRA into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. Effective January 1, 2018, a Traditional IRA or other qualified plan cannot be recharacterized as a Roth IRA. Tax-free rollovers from a Roth IRA can be made only to another Roth IRA under limited circumstances, as indicated below. After 2007, distributions from eligible Qualified Plans can be “rolled over” directly (subject to tax) into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. Anyone considering the purchase of a Qualified Contract as a Roth IRA should consult with a qualified tax adviser. Please note that the Roth IRA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as a Roth IRA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification.

2. Qualified Pension or Profit-Sharing Plan or Section 401(k) Plan

Provisions of the Code permit eligible employers to establish a tax-qualified pension or profit sharing plan (described in Section 401(a), and Section 401(k) if applicable, and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a)). Such a Plan is subject to limitations on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible to participate, the amounts of “incidental” death benefits, and the time when RMDs must commence. In addition, a Plan’s provision of incidental benefits may result in currently taxable income to the participant for some or all of such benefits. Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a Qualified Plan to another Qualified Plan under certain circumstances, as described below. Anyone considering the use of a Qualified Contract in connection with such a Qualified Plan should seek competent tax and other legal advice.

In particular, please note that these tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits “incidental” to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits. As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax qualification.

3. Tax Sheltered Annuity under Section 403(b) (“TSA”)

Code Section 403(b) permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations described in Code Section 501(c)(3) to purchase a “tax-sheltered annuity” (“TSA”) contract and, subject to certain limitations, exclude employer contributions to a TSA from such an employee’s gross income. Generally, total contributions may not exceed the lesser of an annual dollar limit or 100% of the employee’s “includable compensation” for the most recent full year of service, subject to other adjustments. There are also legal limits on annual elective deferrals that a participant may be permitted to make under a TSA. In certain cases, such as when the participant is age 50 or older, those limits may be increased. A TSA participant should contact his plan administrator to determine applicable elective contribution limits. Special provisions may allow certain employees different overall limitations.

A TSA is subject to a prohibition against distributions from the TSA attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, unless such distribution is made:

a.after the employee reaches age 59½;

b.upon the employee’s separation from service;

c.upon the employee’s death or disability;

d.in the case of hardship (as defined in applicable law and in the case of hardship, any income attributable to such contributions may not be distributed); or

e.as a qualified reservist distribution upon certain calls to active duty.

An employer sponsoring a TSA may impose additional restrictions on your TSA through its plan document.

Please note that the TSA rider for the Contract has provisions that are designed to maintain the Contract’s tax qualification as a TSA, and therefore could limit certain benefits under the Contract (including endorsement, rider or option benefits) to

maintain the Contract’s tax qualification. In particular, please note that tax rules provide for limits on death benefits provided by a Qualified Plan (to keep such death benefits “incidental” to qualified retirement benefits), and a Qualified Plan (or a Qualified Contract) often contains provisions that effectively limit such death benefits to preserve the tax qualification of the Qualified Plan (or Qualified Contract). In addition, various tax-qualification rules for Qualified Plans specifically limit increases in benefits once RMDs begin, and Qualified Contracts are subject to such limits. As a result, the amounts of certain benefits that can be provided by any option under a Qualified Contract may be limited by the provisions of the Qualified Contract or governing Qualified Plan that are designed to preserve its tax qualification. In addition, a life insurance contract issued after September 23, 2007 is generally ineligible to qualify as a TSA under Reg. § 1.403(b)-8(c)(2).

Amounts may be rolled over tax-free from a TSA to another TSA or Qualified Plan (or from a Qualified Plan to a TSA) under certain circumstances, as described below. However, effective for TSA contract exchanges after September 24, 2007, Reg. § 1.403(b)-10(b) allows a TSA contract of a participant or beneficiary under a TSA Plan to be exchanged tax-free for another eligible TSA contract under that same TSA Plan, but only if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) such TSA Plan allows such an exchange, (2) the participant or beneficiary has an accumulated benefit after such exchange that is no less than such participant’s or beneficiary’s accumulated benefit immediately before such exchange (taking into account such participant’s or beneficiary’s accumulated benefit under both TSA contracts immediately before such exchange), (3) the second TSA contract is subject to distribution restrictions with respect to the participant that are no less stringent than those imposed on the TSA contract being exchanged, and (4) the employer for such TSA Plan enters into an agreement with the issuer of the second TSA contract under which such issuer and employer will provide each other from time to time with certain information necessary for such second TSA contract (or any other TSA contract that has contributions from such employer) to satisfy the TSA requirements under Code Section 403(b) and other federal tax requirements (e.g., plan loan conditions under Code Section 72(p) to avoid deemed distributions). Such necessary information could include information about the participant’s employment, information about other Qualified Plans of such employer, and whether a severance has occurred, or hardship rules are satisfied, for purposes of the TSA distribution restrictions. Consequently, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax advisor before attempting any such TSA exchange, particularly because it requires an agreement between the employer and issuer to provide each other with certain information. In addition, the same Regulation provides corresponding rules for a transfer from one TSA to another TSA under a different TSA Plan (e.g., for a different eligible employer). We are no longer accepting any incoming exchange request, or new contract application, for any individual TSA contract.

4. Deferred Compensation Plans under Section 457 (“Section 457 Plans”)

Certain governmental employers, or tax-exempt employers other than a governmental entity, can establish a Deferred Compensation Plan under Code Section 457. For these purposes, a “governmental employer” is a State, a political subdivision of a State, or an agency or an instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State. A Deferred Compensation Plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 457(b) is called an “Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan” or “Section 457(b) Plan.” Code Section 457(b) limits the amount of contributions that can be made to an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan on behalf of a participant. Generally, the limitation on contributions is the lesser of (1) 100% of a participant’s includible compensation or (2) the applicable dollar amount ($19,500 for 2021). The Plan may provide for additional “catch-up” contributions . In addition, under Code Section 457(d) a Section 457(b) Plan may not make amounts available for distribution to participants or beneficiaries before (1) the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70½, (2) the participant has a severance from employment (including death), or (3) the participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency (as determined in accordance with regulations).

Under Code Section 457(g) all of the assets and income of an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan for a governmental employer must be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of participants and their beneficiaries. For this purpose, annuity contracts and custodial accounts described in Code Section 401(f) are treated as trusts. This trust requirement does not apply to amounts under an Eligible Deferred Compensation Plan of a tax-exempt (non-governmental) employer. In addition, this trust requirement does not apply to amounts held under a Deferred Compensation Plan of a governmental employer that is not a Section 457(b) Plan. However, where the trust requirement does not apply, amounts held under a Section 457 Plan must remain subject to the claims of the employer’s general creditors under Code Section 457(b)(6).

5. Taxation of Amounts Received from Qualified Plans

Except under certain circumstances in the case of Roth IRAs or Roth accounts in certain Qualified Plans, amounts received from Qualified Contracts or Plans generally are taxed as ordinary income under Code Section 72, to the extent that they are not treated as a tax-free recovery of after-tax contributions or other “investment in the contract.” For annuity payments and other amounts received after the Annuity Commencement Date from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the tax rules for determining what portion of each amount received represents a tax-free recovery of “investment in the contract” are generally the same as for Non-Qualified Contracts, as described above.

For non-periodic amounts from certain Qualified Contracts or Plans, Code Section 72(e)(8) provides special rules that generally treat a portion of each amount received as a tax-free recovery of the “investment in the contract,” based on the ratio of the “investment in the contract” over the Contract Value at the time of distribution. However, in determining such a

ratio, certain aggregation rules may apply and may vary, depending on the type of Qualified Contract or Plan. For instance, all Traditional IRAs owned by the same individual are generally aggregated for these purposes, but such an aggregation does not include any IRA inherited by such individual or any Roth IRA owned by such individual.

In addition, additional taxes, mandatory tax withholding or rollover rules may apply to amounts received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, as indicated below, and certain exclusions may apply to certain distributions (e.g., distributions from an eligible Government Plan to pay qualified health insurance premiums of an eligible retired public safety officer). Accordingly, you are advised to consult with a qualified tax adviser before taking or receiving any amount (including a loan) from a Qualified Contract or Plan.

6. Additional Taxes for Qualified Plans

Unlike Non-Qualified Contracts, Qualified Contracts are subject to federal additional taxes not just on premature distributions, but also on excess contributions and failures to take required minimum distributions (“RMDs”). Additional taxes on excess contributions can vary by type of Qualified Plan and which person made the excess contribution (e.g., employer or an employee). The additional taxes on premature distributions and failures to make timely RMDs are more uniform, and are described in more detail below.

a. Additional Taxes on Premature Distributions

Code Section 72(t) imposes a penalty income tax equal to 10% of the taxable portion of a distribution from certain types of Qualified Plans that is made before the employee reaches age 59½. However, this 10% additional tax does not apply to a distribution that is either:

(i)made to a beneficiary (or to the employee’s estate) on or after the employee’s death;

(ii)attributable to the employee’s becoming disabled under Code Section 72(m)(7);

(iii)part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually - “SEPPs”) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of such employee and a designated beneficiary (“SEPP Exception”), and for certain Qualified Plans (other than IRAs) such a series must begin after the employee separates from service;

(iv)(except for IRAs) made to an employee after separation from service after reaching age 55 (or made after age 50 in the case of a qualified public safety employee separated from certain government plans);

(v)(except for IRAs) made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order under Code Section 414(p) (a similar exception for IRAs in Code Section 408(d)(6) covers certain transfers for the benefit of a spouse or ex-spouse);

(vi)not greater than the amount allowable as a deduction to the employee for eligible medical expenses during the taxable year;

(vii)certain qualified reservist distributions under Code Section 72(t)(2)(G) upon a call to active duty;

(viii)for the birth or adoption of a child under Code Section 72(t)(2)(H);

(ix)made an account of an IRS levy on the Qualified Plan under Code Section 72(t)(2)(A)(vii); or

(x)made as a “direct rollover” or other timely rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan, as described below.

In addition, the 10% additional tax does not apply to a distribution from an IRA that is either:

(xi)made after separation from employment to an unemployed IRA owner for health insurance premiums, if certain conditions in Code Section 72(t)(2)(D) are met;

(xii)not in excess of the amount of certain qualifying higher education expenses, as defined by Code Section 72(t)(7); or

(xiii)for a qualified first-time home buyer and meets the requirements of Code Section 72(t)(8).

If the taxpayer avoids this 10% additional tax by qualifying for the SEPP Exception and later such series of payments is modified (other than by death, disability or a method change allowed by Rev. Rul. 2002-62), the 10% additional tax will be applied retroactively to all the prior periodic payments (i.e., additional tax plus interest thereon), unless such modification is made after both (a) the employee has reached age 59½ and (b) 5 years have elapsed since the first of these periodic payments.

For any premature distribution from a SIMPLE IRA during the first 2 years that an individual participates in a salary reduction arrangement maintained by that individual’s employer under a SIMPLE Plan, the 10% additional tax rate is increased to 25%.

b. RMDs and 50% Additional Tax

If the amount distributed from a Qualified Contract or Plan is less than the amount of the required minimum distribution (“RMD”) for the year, the participant is subject to a 50% additional tax on the amount that has not been timely distributed.

An individual’s interest in a Qualified Plan generally must be distributed, or begin to be distributed, not later than the Required Beginning Date. Generally, the Required Beginning Date is April 1 of the calendar year following the later of:

(i)the calendar year in which the individual attains:

(a) Age 70½ for participants born before July 1, 1949

(b) Age 72 for participants born on or after July 1, 1949, or

(ii) Except in the case of an IRA or a 5% owner, as defined in the Code) the calendar year in which a participant retires from service with the employer sponsoring a Qualified Plan that allows such a later Required Beginning Date.

The entire interest of the individual must be distributed beginning no later than the Required Beginning Date over the life of such employee or over the lives of such employee and a designated beneficiary (as specified in the Code) or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such employee or the life expectancy of such employee and a designated beneficiary.

Different rules apply to beneficiaries if an individual died prior to 2020 or in 2020 and subsequent years.

(i) Individuals who died prior to 2020

(a) If an individual dies before reaching the Required Beginning Date, the individual’s entire interest generally must be distributed within 5 years after the individual’s death. However, this RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the individual’s death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). If the individual’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual would have attained age 70½.

(b) If an individual dies after RMDs have begun for such individual, any remainder of the individual’s interest generally must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the time of the individual’s death.

(ii) Individuals who die in 2020 and subsequent years

(a) For eligible designated beneficiaries as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)(ii), the RMD rule will be deemed satisfied if distributions begin before the close of the calendar year following the individual’s death to a designated beneficiary and distribution is over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). If the individual’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, distributions may be delayed until the deceased individual would have attained age 72.

(b) For all other beneficiaries the individual’s entire interest generally must be distributed by the end of the calendar year containing the tenth anniversary of the individual’s death.

The RMD rules that apply while the Contract Owner is alive do not apply with respect to Roth IRAs. The RMD rules applicable after the death of the Owner apply to all Qualified Plans, including Roth IRAs. In addition, if the Owner of a Traditional or Roth IRA dies and the Owner’s surviving spouse is the sole designated beneficiary, this surviving spouse may elect to treat the Traditional or Roth IRA as his or her own.

The RMD amount for each year is determined generally by dividing the account balance by the applicable life expectancy. This account balance is generally based upon the account value as of the close of business on the last day of the previous calendar year. RMD incidental benefit rules also may require a larger annual RMD amount, particularly when distributions are made over the joint lives of the Owner and an individual other than his or her spouse. RMDs also can be made in the form of annuity payments that satisfy the rules set forth in Regulations under the Code relating to RMDs.

In addition, in computing any RMD amount based on a contract’s account value, such account value must include the actuarial value of certain additional benefits provided by the contract. As a result, electing an optional benefit under a Qualified Contract may require the RMD amount for such Qualified Contract to be increased each year, and expose such additional RMD amount to the 50% additional tax for RMDs if such additional RMD amount is not timely distributed.

7. Tax Withholding for Qualified Plans

Distributions from a Qualified Contract or Qualified Plan generally are subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. These federal income tax withholding requirements, including any “elections out” and the rate at which withholding applies, generally are the same as for periodic and non-periodic distributions from a Non-Qualified Contract, as described above, except where the distribution is an “eligible rollover distribution” from a Qualified Plan (described below in “Rollover Distributions”). In the latter case, tax withholding is mandatory at a rate of 20% of the taxable portion of the “eligible rollover distribution,” to the extent it is not directly rolled over to an IRA or other Eligible Retirement Plan (described below in “Rollover Distributions”). Payees cannot elect out of this mandatory 20% withholding in the case of such an “eligible rollover distribution.”

Also, special withholding rules apply with respect to distributions from non-governmental Section 457(b) Plans, and to distributions made to individuals who are neither citizens nor resident aliens of the United States.

Regardless of any “election out” (or any actual amount of tax actually withheld) on an amount received from a Qualified Contract or Plan, the payee is generally liable for any failure to pay the full amount of tax due on the includable portion of

such amount received. A payee also may be required to pay penalties under-estimated income tax rules, if the withholding and estimated tax payments are insufficient to satisfy the payee’s total tax liability.

8. Rollover Distributions

The current tax rules and limits for tax-free rollovers and transfers between Qualified Plans vary according to (1) the type of transferor Plan and transferee Plan, (2) whether the amount involved is transferred directly between Plan fiduciaries (a “direct transfer” or a “direct rollover”) or is distributed first to a participant or beneficiary who then transfers that amount back into another eligible Plan within 60 days (a “60-day rollover”), and (3) whether the distribution is made to a participant, spouse or other beneficiary. Accordingly, we advise you to consult with a qualified tax adviser before receiving any amount from a Qualified Contract or Plan or attempting some form of rollover or transfer with a Qualified Contract or Plan.

For instance, generally any amount can be transferred directly from one type of Qualified Plan to the same type of Plan for the benefit of the same individual, without limit (or federal income tax), if the transferee Plan is subject to the same kinds of restrictions as the transfer or Plan and certain other conditions to maintain the applicable tax qualification are satisfied. Such a “direct transfer” between the same kinds of Plan is generally not treated as any form of “distribution” out of such a Plan for federal income tax purposes.

By contrast, an amount distributed from one type of Plan into a different type of Plan generally is treated as a “distribution” out of the first Plan for federal income tax purposes, and therefore to avoid being subject to such tax, such a distribution must qualify either as a “direct rollover” (made directly to another Plan fiduciary) or as a “60-day rollover.” The tax restrictions and other rules for a “direct rollover” and a “60-day rollover” are similar in many ways, but if any “eligible rollover distribution” made from certain types of Qualified Plan is not transferred directly to another Plan fiduciary by a “direct rollover,” then it is subject to mandatory 20% withholding, even if it is later contributed to that same Plan in a “60-day rollover” by the recipient. If any amount less than 100% of such a distribution (e.g., the net amount after the 20% withholding) is transferred to another Plan in a “60-day rollover”, the missing amount that is not rolled over remains subject to normal income tax plus any applicable additional tax.

Under Code Sections 402(f)(2)(A) and 3405(c)(3) an “eligible rollover distribution” (which is both eligible for rollover treatment and subject to 20% mandatory withholding absent a “direct rollover”) is generally any distribution to an employee of any portion (or all) of the balance to the employee’s credit in any of the following types of “Eligible Retirement Plan”: (1) a Qualified Plan under Code Section 401(a) (“Qualified 401(a) Plan”), (2) a qualified annuity plan under Code Section 403(a) (“Qualified Annuity Plan”), (3) a TSA under Code Section 403(b), or (4) a governmental Section 457(b) Plan. However, an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include any distribution that is either -

a.an RMD amount;

b.one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made either (i) for the life (or life expectancy) of the employee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the employee and a designated beneficiary, or (ii) for a specified period of 10 years or more; or

c.any distribution made upon hardship of the employee.

Before making an “eligible rollover distribution,” a Plan administrator generally is required under Code Section 402(f) to provide the recipient with advance written notice of the “direct rollover” and “60-day rollover” rules and the distribution’s exposure to the 20% mandatory withholding if it is not made by “direct rollover.” Generally, under Code Sections 402(c), 403(b)(8) and 457 (e)(16), a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” of an “eligible rollover distribution” can be made to a Traditional IRA or to another Eligible Retirement Plan that agrees to accept such a rollover. However, the maximum amount of an “eligible rollover distribution” that can qualify for a tax-free “60-day rollover” is limited to the amount that otherwise would be includable in gross income. By contrast, a “direct rollover” of an “eligible rollover distribution” can include after-tax contributions as well, if the direct rollover is made either to a Traditional IRA or to another form of Eligible Retirement Plan that agrees to account separately for such a rollover, including accounting for such after-tax amounts separately from the otherwise taxable portion of this rollover. Separate accounting also is required for all amounts (taxable or not) that are rolled into a governmental Section 457(b) Plan from either a Qualified Section 401(a) Plan, Qualified Annuity Plan, TSA or IRA. These amounts, when later distributed from the governmental Section 457(b) Plan, are subject to any premature distribution additional tax applicable to distributions from such a “predecessor” Qualified Plan.

Rollover rules for distributions from IRAs under Code Sections 408(d)(3) and 408A(d)(3) also vary according to the type of transferor IRA and type of transferee IRA or other Plan. For instance, generally no tax-free “direct rollover” or “60-day rollover” can be made between a “NonRoth IRA” (Traditional, SEP or SIMPLE IRA) and a Roth IRA, and a transfer from NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, or a “conversion” of a NonRoth IRA to a Roth IRA, is subject to special rules. In addition, generally no tax-free “direct rollover” or “60-day rollover” can be made between an “inherited IRA” (NonRoth or Roth) for a beneficiary and an IRA set up by that same individual as the original owner. Generally, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA is eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to another Traditional IRA for the same individual. Similarly, any amount other than an RMD distributed from a Roth IRA is generally eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to another Roth IRA for the same individual. However, in either case such a tax-free 60-day rollover is limited to 1 per year (365-day period); whereas no 1-year limit applies to any such “direct rollover.” Similar rules

apply to a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” of a distribution from a SIMPLE IRA to another SIMPLE IRA or a Traditional IRA, except that any distribution of employer contributions from a SIMPLE IRA during the initial 2-year period in which the individual participates in the employer’s SIMPLE Plan is generally disqualified (and subject to the 25% additional tax on premature distributions) if it is not rolled into another SIMPLE IRA for that individual. Amounts other than RMDs distributed from a Traditional or SEP IRA (or SIMPLE IRA after the initial 2-year period) also are eligible for a “direct rollover” or a “60-day rollover” to an Eligible Retirement Plan (e.g., a TSA) that accepts such a rollover, but any such rollover is limited to the amount of the distribution that otherwise would be includable in gross income (i.e., after-tax contributions are not eligible).

Special rules also apply to transfers or rollovers for the benefit of a spouse (or ex-spouse) or a non-spouse designated beneficiary, Plan distributions of property, and obtaining a waiver of the 60-day limit for a tax-free rollover from the IRS.

Accumulation Unit Values

(For an Accumulation Unit outstanding throughout the period)

The following information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements for the Separate Account included in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

	As of December 31,
Sub-Account	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		2015		2014		2013		2012		2011
AB VPS International Growth Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	11.438	$	9.009	$	10.957	$	8.152	$	8.793	$	9.001	$	9.151	$	8.091	$	7.035	$	8.398
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	14.795	$	11.438	$	9.009	$	10.957	$	8.152	$	8.793	$	9.001	$	9.151	$	8.091	$	7.035
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	2		2		2		2		2		4		4		4		4		4
AB VPS Large Cap Growth Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	78.765	$	58.739	$	57.521	$	43.777	$	42.849	$	38.737	$	34.090	$	24.932	$	21.406	$	22.293
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	106.235	$	78.765	$	58.739	$	57.521	$	43.777	$	42.849	$	38.737	$	34.090	$	24.932	$	21.406
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		—		1		1		1		2		1
American Century VP Balanced Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	41.780	$	35.017	$	36.575	$	32.254	$	30.282	$	31.222	$	28.549	$	24.422	$	21.943	$	20.926
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	46.802	$	41.780	$	35.017	$	36.575	$	32.254	$	30.282	$	31.222	$	28.549	$	24.422	$	21.943
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	2		4		4		4		4		4		4		4		4		4
American Century VP Capital Appreciation Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	53.768	$	39.841	$	42.215	$	34.818	$	33.881	$	33.389	$	31.014	$	23.796	$	20.606	$	22.140
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	76.252	$	53.768	$	39.841	$	42.215	$	34.818	$	33.881	$	33.389	$	31.014	$	23.796	$	20.606
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		1		1		1		1		1		1
BlackRock S&P 500 Index V.I. Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	11.757	$	8.992	$	9.487	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	13.839	$	11.757	$	8.992	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	9		11		13		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Federated Hermes Fund for U.S. Government Securities Fund II
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	22.958	$	21.777	$	21.776	$	21.462	$	21.218	$	21.203	$	20.358	$	20.878	$	20.366	$	19.341
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	24.046	$	22.958	$	21.777	$	21.776	$	21.462	$	21.218	$	21.203	$	20.358	$	20.878	$	20.366
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		1		2		2		2		3		5		4		6		5
Federated Hermes High Income Bond Fund II
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	40.061	$	35.132	$	36.490	$	34.275	$	29.986	$	30.917	$	30.242	$	28.394	$	24.868	$	23.752
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	42.110	$	40.061	$	35.132	$	36.490	$	34.275	$	29.986	$	30.917	$	30.242	$	28.394	$	24.868
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

	As of December 31,
Sub-Account	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		2015		2014		2013		2012		2011
Federated Hermes Managed Volatility Fund II
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	32.163	$	26.872	$	29.499	$	25.088	$	23.402	$	25.429	$	24.583	$	20.283	$	17.943	$	17.203
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	32.317	$	32.163	$	26.872	$	29.499	$	25.088	$	23.402	$	25.429	$	24.583	$	20.283	$	17.943
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Hartford Ultrashort Bond HLS Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	10.304	$	10.068	$	9.957	$	9.902	$	9.851	$	9.883	$	9.918	$	9.962	$	9.992	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	10.406	$	10.304	$	10.068	$	9.957	$	9.902	$	9.851	$	9.883	$	9.918	$	9.962	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		1		2		2		9		9		11		11		15		—
Invesco V.I. Core Equity Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	40.075	$	31.215	$	34.607	$	30.716	$	27.983	$	29.830	$	27.708	$	21.534	$	18.994	$	19.092
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	45.421	$	40.075	$	31.215	$	34.607	$	30.716	$	27.983	$	29.830	$	27.708	$	21.534	$	18.994
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		2		2		2		2		2		2		2		2		2
Invesco V.I. Government Money Market Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	10.116	$	9.972	$	9.864	$	9.853	$	9.888	$	9.932	$	9.975	$	9.995	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	10.100	$	10.116	$	9.972	$	9.864	$	9.853	$	9.888	$	9.932	$	9.975	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		6		11		14		9		10		4		4		—		—
Invesco V.I. Health Care Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	64.636	$	49.000	$	48.779	$	42.304	$	47.995	$	46.734	$	39.229	$	28.038	$	23.296	$	22.512
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	73.650	$	64.636	$	49.000	$	48.779	$	42.304	$	47.995	$	46.734	$	39.229	$	28.038	$	23.296
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	2		2		2		2		2		4		4		4		5		5
Invesco V.I. Technology Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	41.456	$	30.647	$	30.926	$	22.989	$	23.268	$	21.882	$	19.793	$	15.888	$	14.342	$	15.173
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	60.302	$	41.456	$	30.647	$	30.926	$	22.989	$	23.268	$	21.882	$	19.793	$	15.888	$	14.342
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	3		3		3		2		1		1		1		1		2		3
MFS Growth Series
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	78.358	$	56.976	$	55.745	$	42.614	$	41.785	$	39.024	$	35.981	$	26.411	$	22.600	$	22.776
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	102.857	$	78.358	$	56.976	$	55.745	$	42.614	$	41.785	$	39.024	$	35.981	$	26.411	$	22.600
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		1		—
MFS High Yield Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	13.661	$	11.953	$	12.388	$	11.664	$	10.294	$	10.796	$	10.548	$	10.158	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	14.292	$	13.661	$	11.953	$	12.388	$	11.664	$	10.294	$	10.796	$	10.548	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		—		—		—		—		—		—

	As of December 31,
Sub-Account	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		2015		2014		2013		2012		2011
MFS Strategic Income Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	12.801	$	11.522	$	11.809	$	11.166	$	10.362	$	10.605	$	10.315	$	10.074	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	13.935	$	12.801	$	11.522	$	11.809	$	11.166	$	10.362	$	10.605	$	10.315	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		—		—		—		3		—		—
Neuberger Berman AMT Sustainable Equity Portfolio (a)
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	11.283	$	10.000	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	13.430	$	11.283	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	3		3		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Neuberger Berman Short Duration Bond Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	16.568	$	16.051	$	15.960	$	15.890	$	15.770	$	15.812	$	15.787	$	15.761	$	15.135	$	15.159
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	17.064	$	16.568	$	16.051	$	15.960	$	15.890	$	15.770	$	15.812	$	15.787	$	15.761	$	15.135
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		—		—		6		5		3		—
NVIT Emerging Markets Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	13.729	$	11.250	$	13.733	$	9.777	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	15.433	$	13.729	$	11.250	$	13.733	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		—		—		—		—		—		—
Pioneer Fund VCT Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	32.196	$	24.625	$	25.115	$	20.727	$	18.960	$	19.057	$	17.241	$	12.994	$	11.840	$	12.428
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	39.833	$	32.196	$	24.625	$	25.115	$	20.727	$	18.960	$	19.057	$	17.241	$	12.994	$	11.840
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		1		1		1		1		1		1
Pioneer Select Mid Cap Growth VCT Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	60.295	$	45.511	$	48.885	$	37.765	$	36.569	$	36.145	$	33.180	$	23.396	$	21.959	$	22.568
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	83.537	$	60.295	$	45.511	$	48.885	$	37.765	$	36.569	$	36.145	$	33.180	$	23.396	$	21.959
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	1		1		1		1		1		1		1		2		2		2
VanEck VIP Global Hard Assets Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	22.664	$	20.351	$	28.503	$	29.126	$	20.359	$	30.728	$	38.155	$	34.674	$	33.689	$	40.504
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	26.875	$	22.664	$	20.351	$	28.503	$	29.126	$	20.359	$	30.728	$	38.155	$	34.674	$	33.689
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		1
VanEck VIP Emerging Markets Bond Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	23.009	$	20.524	$	21.964	$	19.656	$	18.554	$	21.444	$	21.080	$	23.312	$	22.186	$	20.609
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	24.950	$	23.009	$	20.524	$	21.964	$	19.656	$	18.554	$	21.444	$	21.080	$	23.312	$	22.186
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		1

	As of December 31,
Sub-Account	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016		2015		2014		2013		2012		2011
Voya Global High Dividend Low Volatility Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	13.173	$	10.898	$	12.045	$	9.802	$	9.310	$	10.030	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	12.970	$	13.173	$	10.898	$	12.045	$	9.802	$	9.310	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	6		6		6		6		6		6		—		—		—		—
VY JPMorgan Emerging Markets Equity Portfolio
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	26.089	$	19.836	$	23.887	$	16.738	$	14.845	$	17.660	$	17.542	$	18.645	$	15.695	$	19.239
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	34.735	$	26.089	$	19.836	$	23.887	$	16.738	$	14.845	$	17.660	$	17.542	$	18.645	$	15.695
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		2		2		2		2		2		2		2		2
Wells Fargo VT Discovery Fund
Without Any Optional Benefits
Accumulation Unit Value at beginning of period	$	85.480	$	61.764	$	66.758	$	51.931	$	48.460	$	49.402	$	49.449	$	34.542	$	29.471	$	29.479
Accumulation Unit Value at end of period	$	138.410	$	85.480	$	61.764	$	66.758	$	51.931	$	48.460	$	49.402	$	49.449	$	34.542	$	29.471
Number of Accumulation Units outstanding at end of period (in thousands)	—		—		—		—		1		1		2		3		3		2

(a) Inception date February 28, 2019.

Further Information About Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

ITEM 3. RISK FACTORS

Certain factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. You should carefully consider them, along with the other information presented in this report. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Additional risks and uncertainties that are not yet identified or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Unless otherwise stated, amounts are presented in United States of America ("U.S.") dollars and all amounts are in millions, except for number of shares, per share amounts, number of employees, number of securities in an unrealized loss position and number of loans.

For additional detail on risks that relate to our business, please see the Risk Factors in the ~~2020~~ Annual Report on Form 10-K of Assurant, Inc. (the “Parent”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

The following is a summary of the ~~principal~~material risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Financial Risks

•Reinsurance may not be adequate or available to protect us against losses, and we are subject to the credit risk of reinsurers.

•Our actual claims losses may exceed our reserves for claims, requiring us to establish additional reserves or to incur additional expense for settling unreserved liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.

•Through reinsurance, the Parent has sold or exited businesses that could again become our direct financial and administrative responsibility if the reinsurers become insolvent.

•Our investment portfolio is subject to credit, liquidity and other risks that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•Our investment portfolio is subject to market risk, including changes in interest rates, that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•We may be unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, which could reduce our profitability.

•AActual ~~decline~~results inmay ~~our~~differ ~~financial~~materially ~~strength~~from ~~ratings~~the ~~could~~analytical ~~adversely~~models ~~affect~~we use to assist in our ~~results~~decision-making ofin ~~operations~~key areas such as pricing, reserving and ~~financial~~capital ~~condition~~management.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

•We are subject to extensive laws and regulations and risks related to changes in regulation and litigation and regulatory actions.

•Changes in tax laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

•The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, laws related to privacy, data security and data protection could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.

Business, Strategic and Operational Risks

•Our revenues and profits may decline if we are unable to maintain relationships with significant clients, distributors and other parties, or renew contracts with them on favorable terms, or if those parties face financial, reputational or regulatory issues.

•Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Table of Contents

Technology, Cybersecurity, and Privacy Risks

•We could incur significant liability if our ~~information~~technology systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

•The failure to effectively maintain and modernize our ~~information~~ technology systems and infrastructure could adversely affect our business.

Macroeconomic, Political and Global Market Risks

•General economic, financial market and political conditions, and conditions in the markets in which we operate may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•The COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

General Risk Factors

•Employee misconduct could harm us by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.

For a more complete discussion of these risks, please see below.

Financial Risks

Reinsurance may not be adequate or available to protect us against losses, and we are subject to the credit risk of reinsurers.

As part of our Parent's overall risk and capacity management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks we underwrite. Although reinsurers are liable to us for claims contractually ceded under our reinsurance arrangements, we remain liable to the insured as the direct insurer on all risks reinsured. Ceded reinsurance arrangements therefore do not eliminate our obligation to pay claims. We are subject to credit risk with respect to our ability to recover amounts due from reinsurers. The inability to collect amounts due from reinsurers could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The availability and cost of reinsurance are subject to prevailing reinsurance market conditions, which have been, and in the future may continue to be, adversely impacted by the occurrence of significant reinsured events, including impacts on reinsurers' capital, such as increased demand for coverage driven by inflation, a volatile investment market or unforeseen litigation costs. Premiums charged for reinsurance coverage increased significantly in 2023 but have moderated slightly in 2024. In the future, our Parent may not be able to obtain reinsurance coverage for some of our businesses at commercially reasonable rates or at all. In addition, our Parent may not be able to renew our current reinsurance facilities or obtain other reinsurance facilities in adequate amounts, at favorable rates and with favorable terms. The inability to obtain reinsurance at favorable rates or at all could cause our Parent to reduce the level of our underwriting commitments, take more risk, hold more capital or incur higher costs. Any of these developments could materially adversely affect our Parent's results of operations and financial condition.

Our actual claims losses may exceed our reserves for claims, requiring us to establish additional reserves or to incur additional expense for settling unreserved liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.

We maintain reserves to cover our estimated ultimate exposure for claims and claim adjustment expenses with respect to reported claims and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) claims as of the end of each accounting period. The determination of reserve estimates is inherently a matter of judgment and our ultimate liabilities could exceed reserves for a variety of reasons, including changes in macroeconomic factors (such as inflation, unemployment and interest rates), case development and other factors. From time to time, we ~~also~~ adjust our reserves, and may adjust our reserving methodology, as these factors, our claims experience and estimates of future trends in claim frequency and severity change. Reserve adjustments may cause volatility in our reported results, such as the reserve reductions in 2023 compared to the reserve increases in 2022. Reserve development, changes in our reserving methodology and paid losses exceeding corresponding reserves could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, profitability and capital.

Through reinsurance, the Parent has sold or exited businesses that could again become our direct financial and administrative responsibility if the reinsurers become insolvent.

In the past, the Parent has sold, and in the future the Parent may sell, businesses through reinsurance ceded to third parties. The Parent has ~~also~~ exited, expect to fully exit and in the future may exit certain businesses, including small commercial, through reinsurance. For example, the Parent sold its Long-Term Care division, the insurance operations of its Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") division, including individual life operations and annuity business, and its Assurant Employee Benefits segment through coinsurance/reinsurance transactions. Our reinsurance recoverable relating to these three dispositions was $422.6 million (compared to our total reinsurance recoverables of $423.6 million) as of December 31, 2020. The three reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances relating to these dispositions were Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), John Hancock Life Insurance Company ("John Hancock") and Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company (“Talcott Resolution”). The A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”) ratings of Sun Life, John Hancock and Talcott Resolution are currently A+, A+ and B++, respectively. Most of the assets backing reserves coinsured/reinsured under these and other sales are held in trusts or separate accounts. However, if the reinsurers became insolvent, the assets in the trusts or separate accounts could prove insufficient to support the liabilities that would revert to us.

We also face the risk of again becoming responsible for administering these businesses in the event of reinsurer insolvency. We do not currently have the administrative systems and capabilities to process these businesses. Accordingly, we would need to obtain those capabilities in the event of an insolvency of one or more of the reinsurers. We might be forced to obtain such capabilities on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, other third parties to whom the Parent has sold businesses in the past may in turn sell these 31

45Table of Contents

three dispositions was $436.9 million (compared to our total reinsurance recoverables of $437.3 million) as of December 31, 2023. The three reinsurers with the largest reinsurance recoverable balances relating to these dispositions were Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), John Hancock Life Insurance Company ("John Hancock") and Talcott Resolution Life and Annuity Insurance Company (“Talcott Resolution”). The A.M. Best Company (“A.M. Best”) ratings of Sun Life, John Hancock and Talcott Resolution are currently A+, A+ and B++, respectively. Most of the assets backing reserves coinsured/reinsured under these and other sales are held in trusts or separate accounts. However, if the reinsurers became insolvent, the assets in the trusts or separate accounts could prove insufficient to support the liabilities that would revert to us and we may again become responsible for administering these businesses. We do not currently have the administrative systems and capabilities to process these businesses. We might be forced to obtain such capabilities on unfavorable terms with a resulting material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, other third parties to whom the Parent has sold businesses in the past may in turn sell these businesses to other third parties, through reinsurance or otherwise, and we could face credit risks and risks related to the new administrative systems and capabilities of these third parties in administering these businesses.

For more information on these arrangements, including the reinsurance recoverables and risk mitigation mechanisms used, see Note 9 to the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Our investment portfolio is subject to market risk, including changes in interest rates, that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Investment returns are an important part of our profitability. Our investments are subject to market-wide risks and fluctuations, including in the fixed maturity and equity securities markets, which could impair our profitability, financial condition and cash flows. Further, in pricing our products and services, we incorporate assumptions regarding returns on our investments. Market conditions may not allow us to invest in assets with sufficiently high returns to meet our pricing assumptions and profit targets over the long term.

We are subject to interest rate risk in our investment portfolio. Changes in interest rates have, and may continue to, materially adversely affect the performance of some of our investments, including by materially reducing the fair value of and investment income from fixed maturity securities and increasing unrealized losses in our investment portfolio, which can adversely impact our capital. As of December 31, ~~2020~~2023, fixed maturity securities represented approximately 9185% of ~~the fair value of~~ our total investments and full year ~~2020~~2023 gross investment income from fixed maturity securities totaled $10.73 million. The fair market value of fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases in an inverse relationship with fluctuations in interest rates, while net investment income realized by us from future investments in fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases directly with fluctuations in interest rates. In addition, actual investment income and cash flows from investments that carry prepayment risk, such as mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, may differ from those anticipated at the time of investment as a result of interest rate fluctuations. Recent periods have been characterized by low interest rates. A prolonged period during which interest rates remain at historically low levels, including the current period of low rates as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may result in lower-than-expected investment income and larger required reserves. Though we employ asset/liability management strategies to manage the adverse effects of interest rate changes, significant fluctuations in the level of interest rates may require us to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a significant loss to pay claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Recent periods have been characterized by an overall increase in interest rates. A prolonged period during which interest rates remain at high levels may result in greater unrealized losses in our investment portfolio. Conversely, a prolonged period during which interest rates are at lower levels may result in lower-than-expected investment income. We attempt to mitigate certain interest rate risks with hedging activities but such activities may not be effective. Though we employ asset/liability management strategies to manage the adverse effects of interest rate changes, significant fluctuations may require us to liquidate investments prior to maturity at a significant loss to pay claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our investment portfolio is subject to credit, liquidity and other risks that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to credit risk in our investment portfolio, primarily from our investments in fixed maturity securities, including corporate bonds, municipal bonds, asset-backed securities and residential mortgage-backed securities. Defaults by third parties in the payment or performance of their obligations could reduce our investment income orand result in realized investment losses. The value of our investments may be materially adversely affected by downgrades in the corporate bonds included in our portfolio, increases in treasury rates or credit spreads and by other factors that may result in realized and unrealized investment losses and other-than-temporary impairments. The determination that a security has incurred an other-than-temporary impairment requires the judgment of management and there are inherent risks and uncertainties involved in making these judgments. Changes in facts, circumstances or critical assumptions could cause management to conclude that further impairments have occurred, which could lead to additional losses on investments. Each of these events may cause us to reduce the carrying value of our investment portfolio.

The value of any particular fixed maturity security is subject to impairment based on the creditworthiness of its issuer. As of December 31, ~~2020~~2023, fixed maturity securities represented approximately 9185% of ~~the fair value of~~ our total investments. The Company has no below investment grade securities (rated “BB” or lower by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations). A

We had no equity securities as of December 31, 2020. However, we have had equity securities in the past and may make more equity investments in the future. Investments in equity securities generally are expected to provide higher total returns but present greater risk to preservation of capital than our fixed maturity securities. All changes in the fair value of equity securities are reported in our statements of operations, which has increased the volatility of our financial results.32

Table of Contents

significant increase in defaults and impairments on our fixed maturity securities portfolio could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We had no equity securities as of December 31, 2023. However, we have had equity securities in the past and may make more equity investments in the future. Investments in equity securities generally are expected to provide higher total returns but present greater risk to preservation of capital than our fixed maturity securities. All changes in the fair value of equity securities are reported in our statements of operations, which has increased the volatility of our financial results.

The manner in which we allocate our resources across the portfolio or the types of assets in which we seek to invest may increase credit, liquidity and other risks that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In accordance with applicable income tax guidance, we must determine whether our ability to realize the value of our deferred tax asset or to recognize certain tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions is “more likely than not.” Under current income tax guidance, a deferred tax asset should be reduced by a valuation allowance, or a liability related to uncertain tax positions should be accrued, if, based on the weight of all available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income of the same character during the carryback or carry-forward periods.

46In determining the appropriate valuation allowance, management made certain judgments relating to recoverability of deferred tax assets, use of tax loss and tax credit carry-forwards, levels of expected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. The assumptions in making these judgments are updated periodically on the basis of current business conditions affecting us and overall economic conditions. These management judgments are therefore subject to change due to factors that include changes in our ability to realize sufficient taxable income of the same character in the same jurisdiction or in our ability to execute other tax planning strategies. Furthermore, any future changes in tax laws could impact the value of our deferred tax assets. Management will continue to assess and determine the need for, and the amount of, the valuation allowance in subsequent periods. Any change in the valuation allowance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

In determining the appropriate valuation allowance, management made certain judgments relating to recoverability of deferred tax assets, use of tax loss and tax credit carry-forwards, levels of expected future taxable income and available tax planning strategies. The assumptions in making these judgments are updated periodically on the basis of current business conditions affecting us and overall economic conditions. These management judgments are therefore subject to change due to factors that include, but are not limited to, changes in our ability to realize sufficient taxable income of the same character in the same jurisdiction or in our ability to execute other tax planning strategies. Furthermore, any future changes in tax laws could impact the value of our deferred tax assets. Management will continue to assess and determine the need for, and the amount of, the valuation allowance in subsequent periods. Any change in the valuation allowance could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, which could reduce our profitability.

Our profitability could be reduced if we are unable to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, including, the frequency and severity of claims. This ability could be affected by various factors, including macroeconomic conditions; inflation,; changes in the regulatory environment,; changes in industry practices,; changes in legal, social or environmental conditions; orimpacts from operational changes; new technologies. ~~Political~~ or ~~economic~~domestic ~~conditions~~supply ~~can~~chain ~~also~~or ~~affect~~labor ~~the availability of programs on which our business may rely to accurately predict claims and other costs~~issues. In addition, our modeling tools that support business decisions involve historical data and numerous assumptions that may differ materially from actual events. The inability to accurately predict and price for claims and other costs, including macroeconomic conditions, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

AActual ~~decline~~results inmay ~~our~~differ ~~financial~~materially ~~strength~~from ~~rating~~the ~~could~~analytical ~~adversely~~models ~~affect~~we use to assist in our ~~results~~decision-making ofin ~~operations~~key areas such as pricing, reserving and ~~financial~~capital ~~condition~~management.

~~Ratings~~We ~~are~~use ~~important~~various ~~considerations~~modeling intechniques ~~establishing~~and data analytics throughout the ~~competitive~~organization ~~position~~to ofanalyze ~~insurance~~and ~~companies.~~estimate Anexposures, ~~A.M.~~loss ~~Best~~trends, ~~rating~~and ~~represents~~other Arisks associated with our assets, liabilities, profitability and cash flows.M. ~~Best’s~~This ~~opinion~~includes ~~regarding~~both ~~our~~proprietary ~~ability~~and third-party modeled outputs and related analysis to ~~meet~~assist ~~our~~us ~~financial~~in ~~obligations~~decision-making related to ~~policyholders.~~pricing ~~Our~~and Arate filings, loss reserving, asset management, corporate tax, financial reporting, and risk and capital management, among other things.M. ~~Best~~The ~~rating~~modeled isoutputs and related analyses are subject to ~~periodic~~uncertainties ~~review~~and bythe ~~A.M.~~inherent ~~Best~~limitations of any statistical analysis, including model design errors; rely on numerous assumptions and wethe ~~cannot~~use ~~assure~~of ~~that~~historical weinternal ~~will~~and beindustry ~~able~~data; and may lead to ~~retain~~unintentional itbias. ~~During~~As ~~the~~a ~~year~~result, ~~ended~~actual ~~December~~results 31may differ materially from our modeled results. If, ~~2020~~based upon these models, ~~there~~we ~~was~~misprice noour ~~change~~products or fail to appropriately estimate the risks we are exposed to, which has occurred from time to time, our ~~A.M.~~business, ~~Best~~results ~~rating.~~of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

A.M. Best may change its methodology or requirements for determining ratings, or it may become more conservative in assigning ratings. A.M. Best could also increase capital requirements for us, thereby reducing deployable capital for the Company. Any reduction in our rating could materially adversely affect our standing in the insurance industry and the demand for our products from intermediaries and consumers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, any reduction in our financial strength ratings could materially adversely affect our and the Parent's cost of borrowing.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to extensive laws and regulations and risks related to changes in regulation and litigation and regulatory actions.

We are subject to comprehensive regulation and oversight by the NYDFS in jurisdictions in which we do business. The NYDFS has broad administrative powers with respect to all aspects of the insurance business and, in particular, monitors the manner in which an insurance company offers, sells and administers its products. Therefore, we may from time to time be subject to a variety of legal and regulatory actions relating to our current and past business operations and practices.

Table of Contents

Legislation or other regulatory reform that increases the regulatory requirements imposed on us or that changes the way we are able to do business may significantly harm our business or results of operations in the future.

In addition, regulators in certain states have hired third party auditors to audit the unclaimed property records of insurance companies operating in those states. ~~Among~~The ~~other companies, the~~ Parent and its affiliates and subsidiaries are currently subject to these audits in a number of states and has been responding to information requests from these auditors.

The prevalence and outcomes of any such actions cannot be predicted, and no assurances can be given that such actions or any litigation would not materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we were to experience difficulties with our relationship with a regulatory body in a given jurisdiction, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to do business in that jurisdiction.

As part of a previously disclosed settlement between the Parent and the SEC, the SEC granted permanent relief to the Company, exempting it from limitations on serving as depositor to investment companies under Section 9(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. If the Company fails to continue to meet the conditions in the application for permanent relief, then the Company could lose its ability to act as depositor of the separate accounts related to the Fortis Financial Group businesses sold to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This could result in significant costs to restructure the modified coinsurance structure currently in place. We depend on the Parent for certain administrative, strategic and operational support. We cannot predict at this time the effect that current litigation, investigations and regulatory activity will have on the Parent or our business, but any adverse outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

regulatory activity will have on the Parent or our business, but any adverse outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in tax laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Federal or state tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, are subject to significant change and may ~~adversely~~have ~~affect~~a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. For example, onin ~~December 22~~2022, ~~2017,~~the ~~TCJA~~Inflation Reduction Act (the "IRA"), which ~~significantly~~introduced ~~amended~~a ~~the~~15% ~~Internal~~corporate ~~Revenue~~alternative ~~Code~~minimum oftax ~~1986~~applicable to corporations in certain situations and a 1% excise tax on corporate share repurchases, among other things, was enacted. Compliance with the ~~TCJA~~IRA may require the collection of information not regularly produced within the Company or by the Parent, the use of estimates in our financial statements, ~~and~~ the exercise of significant judgment in accounting for its provisions. ~~The~~and ~~overall~~increase ~~impact~~costs. ofIn addition, the ~~TCJA~~Organization isfor ~~uncertain~~Economic ~~due~~Co-operation toand Development's (the ~~ambiguities~~"OECD") inefforts ~~the~~around ~~application~~Global ofPillars ~~certain~~I ~~provisions~~and ofII dealing with possible new digital taxes and global minimum taxes could increase the ~~TCJA~~Company's overall tax burden, ~~the~~adversely ~~impact~~impacting ofthe ~~future~~Company's ~~guidance~~business, ~~interpretations~~results orof ~~rules~~operations ~~issued~~and byfinancial ~~government~~condition. ~~agencies~~As ina ~~applying~~part of the ~~TCJA~~OECD's ~~and~~Global ~~potential~~Pillar ~~court~~II ~~decisions~~rules, ~~interpreting~~ the ~~legislation.~~OECD ~~Future~~recommended ~~changes~~a in15% global minimum tax ~~laws~~on adjusted financial reported income. Many jurisdictions, including ~~changes~~Japan, in the ~~application~~European orUnion ~~interpretation~~and of the ~~TCJA~~United Kingdom, have adopted or ~~increases~~plan to ~~the~~adopt ~~corporate~~Global Pillar II for tax ~~rate,~~years ~~could~~beginning ~~have~~in a2024. ~~material~~The ~~adverse~~overall impact onof ~~our~~the ~~results~~IRA ofand ~~operations~~the OECD's Global Pillar I and ~~financial~~II ~~condition.~~rules Inis ~~addition~~uncertain due to the ambiguities in the application of certain provisions, the ~~Organization~~impact ~~for~~of ~~Economic~~future ~~Co-operation~~guidance, ~~and~~interpretations ~~Development's~~or ~~efforts~~rules ~~around~~issued ~~Global~~by ~~Pillars~~government Iagencies and IIpotential ~~dealing~~court ~~with~~decisions ~~possible~~interpreting ~~new~~the ~~digital~~legislation. ~~taxes~~Future ~~and~~changes ~~global~~in ~~minimum~~tax ~~taxes~~laws, ifincluding ~~enacted,~~changes ~~could~~in ~~increase~~the application or interpretation of the ~~Company~~IRA, the OECD's ~~overall~~Global ~~tax~~Pillar ~~burden~~I and II rules, ~~adversely~~or ~~impacting~~increases to the ~~Company's~~corporate ~~business~~tax rate, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Business, Strategic and Operational Risks

Our revenues and profits may decline if we are unable to maintain relationships with significant clients, distributors and other parties, or renew contracts with them on favorable terms, or if those parties face financial, reputational or regulatory issues.

The success of our business depends largely on our relationships and contractual arrangements with significant clients, distributors and other parties, including vendors. If our key clients, distributors, ~~vendors~~ or other parties terminate important business arrangements with us, reduce their business with us or renew contracts on terms less favorable to us, which occurs from time to time, we may fail to meet our business objectives and targets, and our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a few clients. A reduction in business with or the loss of one or more of our significant clients could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Reliance on a few significant clients may weaken our bargaining power, and we may be unable to renew contracts with them without concessions (including up-front payments) or on favorable terms or at all.

We are ~~also~~ subject to the risk that clients, distributors and other parties may face financial difficulties (including as a result of macroeconomic challenges), reputational issues, problems with respect to their own products and services or regulatory restrictions or compliance issues that may lead to alower ~~decrease~~than inexpected or cessation of sales of our products and services and have other adverse impacts on our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, our clients and other parties

Table of Contents

with whom we do business may change their strategic priorities or initiatives, including exiting or deprioritizing products, services, programs, distribution channels or lines of business that we service or support, or they may disintermediate us by developing internal capabilities, products or services that would allow them to service their clients without our involvement, which has occurred from time to time and may materially reduce our revenues and profits. Furthermore, if one or more of our clients or distributors consolidate or align themselves with other companies with whom we do not do business, they may choose to utilize or distribute the products and services of our competitors, which could materially reduce our revenues and profits.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we experience a ~~local or regional~~ business continuity event, such as an earthquake, hurricane, flood, terrorist ~~attack~~incident, pandemic, security breach, ~~cyber-attack~~cybersecurity incident, power loss, ~~computer,~~telecommunications ~~telecommunication~~outage or other systems failure or other ~~natural or man-made~~ disaster, our ability to continue operations will depend on an effective business continuity and disaster recovery plan ~~and system~~, including the safety and continued availability of our personnel, vendors and other third parties ~~and work facilities~~, and the proper functioning of our ~~computer,~~telecommunications ~~telecommunication~~ and other systems and operations. An extended period of such conditions may strain our business continuity and disaster recovery plan, introduce additional operational risk, including cybersecurity and fraud risks, negatively impact employee morale, result in negative publicity, reputational harm and the loss of profitability and clients. Our inability to successfully recover from a business continuity event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have from time to time experienced business continuity events, including events that impacted the availability of our systems.

Our operations depend ~~in particular~~ upon our ability to protect our technology infrastructure against damage and interruption. If a business continuity event occurs, we could lose Company, customer, vendor and other third-party data, lose significant processing capability or experience interruptions to our operations, the availability of our systems or delivery of products and services to our clients and their customers, which has occurred from time to time and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. AWe ~~cyber~~rely on certain third-~~attack~~party technology systems that have in the past experienced a business continuity event, which impacted our operations. A cybersecurity incident or other business continuity event affecting us or key third parties with whom we work could result in a significant and extended disruption in the functioning of our ~~information~~ technology systems or operations, requiring us to incur significant expense to address and remediate or otherwise resolve such issues~~. An extended outage could result in the loss of premium income~~, ~~fee income~~ and ~~clients,~~divert ~~reputational~~management's ~~damage, substantial volatility in our financial results and a decline in our revenues~~attention.

The risk of business disruption is more pronounced in certain geographic areas, including the cities in which the Parent's data centers are located; major metropolitan centers, such as ~~New York City~~Atlanta, where the Parent's ~~corporate~~headquarters ~~offices~~is ~~are~~ located,; and certain catastrophe-prone areas, such as Miami, Florida, where the Parent has significant operations. The risk is ~~also~~ heightened in certain countries and regions in which the Parent operates that are subject to higher potential threat of terrorist incidents, military conflicts, political instability and data breaches.

48A disaster or other business continuity event on a significant scale or affecting our key businesses or the Parent's data centers, or our inability to successfully and quickly recover from such an event and any legislative and regulatory responses thereto, could materially interrupt our business operations and result in material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, loss of clients and their customers or damaged relationships, legal liability and other adverse consequences. Our liability insurance policies may not fully cover, in type or amount, the cost of a successful recovery in the event of such a disruption.

the Parent operates that are subject to higher potential threat of terrorist attacks, military conflicts, political instability and data breaches.

A disaster or other business continuity event on a significant scale or affecting our key businesses or our data center, or our inability to successfully and quickly recover from such an event and any legislative and regulatory responses thereto, could materially interrupt our business operations and result in material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, loss of customers or damaged customer relationships, legal liability and other adverse consequences. Our liability insurance policies may not fully cover, in type or amount, the cost of a successful recovery in the event of such a disruption.

Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy Risks

We could incur significant liability if our ~~information~~technology systems or those of third parties are breached or we or third parties otherwise fail to protect the security of data residing on our respective systems, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We rely on the uninterrupted and secure operation of our technology systems, including information technology systems and operational technology systems, to operate our business and securely process, transmit and store electronic information. This electronic information includes confidential and other sensitive information, including personal data, that we receive from our customers, vendors and other third parties. InOur ~~the~~technology ~~normal~~systems ~~course~~and ofsafety ~~business,~~control wesystems ~~also share confidential~~ and ~~other~~those ~~sensitive~~of ~~information with~~ our vendors and other third parties with whom we ~~work.~~share ~~Our~~sensitive information ~~technology~~are ~~systems~~vulnerable ~~and~~to, ~~safety control systems~~ and ~~those~~in ofsome ~~our~~cases ~~vendors~~have ~~and~~been ~~other~~subject ~~third parties are vulnerable~~ to damage or interruption from a variety of external threats, including ~~cyber~~cybersecurity ~~attacks~~incidents, computer viruses, malware, ~~ransomware~~ and ~~other~~ransomware, ~~types~~as ofwell ~~data and systems related events. Our systems are also subject to compromise from internal threats such~~ as ~~improper~~targeted ~~action~~attacks byagainst ~~employees and third parties who may have otherwise legitimate access to~~ our ~~systems. Our call centers subject us to additional risk from internal threats due to access to personal information. In addition~~employees, ~~the COVID-19 pandemic required us to follow a work-from-home model to continue operations,~~ which ~~resulted in the bypassing of certain physical security controls for our employees and the employees of our vendors who~~ have ~~access to personal information. While additional technical controls have~~ been ~~put~~increasing in ~~place, they may not be sufficient to discover compromises that occur due to the loss of physical controls~~frequency. Moreover, we face the ongoing challenge of managing access controls in a complex environment. The latency of a compromise is often measured in months but could be years, and we may not be able to detect a compromise in a timely manner. We could experience significant financial and reputational harm if our information systems are breached, sensitive client or Company data are compromised, surreptitiously modified, rendered inaccessible for any period of time or maliciously made public, or if we fail to make adequate disclosures to the public or law enforcement agencies following any such event.

~~Cyber~~Cybersecurity ~~threats~~incidents are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated., Wepartly ~~are~~due atto ~~risk~~the ~~of attack by a~~ growing ~~list~~use of ~~adversaries,~~artificial ~~including~~intelligence ~~state-sponsored~~by ~~organizations,~~malicious ~~organized~~actors. ~~crime,~~We ~~hackers~~are ~~and~~at ~~“hacktivists”~~risk ~~(activist hackers), through use~~ of ~~increasingly sophisticated methods of~~ attack, including long-term, persistent attacks referred to as advanced persistent threats or attacks via yet unknown vulnerabilities referred to as zero-day threats. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and ~~generally~~from ~~are~~time ~~not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable~~ to ~~anticipate~~time ~~these~~have ~~techniques~~been ~~or implement adequate preventative measures, resulting in potential data loss or other damage to information technology systems. As~~ the ~~breadth~~subject ~~and complexity~~ of ~~the~~an ~~technologies we use continue to grow~~attack, ~~including~~by as a ~~result~~growing oflist ~~the use~~ of ~~mobile devices~~adversaries, ~~cloud~~including ~~services~~state-sponsored organizations, ~~social~~organized ~~media and the increased reliance on devices connected to the Internet~~crime, ~~the~~hackers ~~potential risk of security breaches~~ and ~~cyber attacks also increases.~~

Our data protection measures may not be effective to protect our network and systems from such threats. Should an attacker gain access to our network using compromised credentials of an authorized user or otherwise, we are at risk that the attacker might successfully leverage that access to compromise additional systems and data. Certain measures that could increase the security of our systems take significant time and resources to deploy broadly and may not be effective against an attack. Additionally, our policies, procedures and technical safeguards may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, personal or proprietary information and other cybersecurity incidents, assess the severity or impact of any such incidents or appropriately respond in a timely manner. The inability to implement, maintain and upgrade effective protective measures and other safeguards or adequately respond to a breach could have a material adverse effect on our business.35

ToTable ~~safeguard against the accidental introduction~~ of security vulnerabilities, we continue to invest in the development of software in accordance with best practices. In addition, our information systems must be continually patched and upgraded to protect against vulnerabilities. As the volume of new software vulnerabilities continues to increase, as has the criticality of patches and other remedial measures. Accordingly, we are at risk that cyber attackers exploit these vulnerabilities before they have been addressed. Due to the large number and age of the systems and platforms that we operate and the increased frequency at which vendors issue security patches to their products, the need to test patches and, in some cases coordinate with clients and vendors, before they can be deployed, we are at risk that we cannot deploy in a timely and Contents

49"hacktivists" (activist hackers), through the use of increasingly sophisticated methods of attack, including long-term, persistent attacks referred to as advanced persistent threats, attacks via yet unknown vulnerabilities referred to as zero-day threats and credential harvesting attacks against our employees. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures, resulting in potential data loss or other damage to technology systems. As the breadth and complexity of the technologies we use continues to grow, and as a result of the remote and hybrid work arrangements for a significant portion of our employees, the risk of security breaches and cybersecurity incidents has increased.

~~effective~~Our ~~manner.~~systems Wehave ~~are~~ also ~~dependent~~been onsubject ~~vendors~~to ~~and~~compromise ~~other~~from ~~third~~internal ~~parties,~~threats such as ~~cloud~~improper ~~service~~action ~~providers,~~by toemployees ~~keep~~and ~~their~~third ~~systems~~parties ~~patched~~who inmay ~~order~~have tootherwise ~~protect~~legitimate access to our ~~data~~systems. ~~Any~~Our ~~failure~~call ~~related~~centers subject us to ~~these~~additional ~~activities~~risk ~~could~~from ~~have~~internal athreats ~~material~~due ~~adverse~~to ~~effect~~access onto ~~our~~personal ~~business~~data. WeMoreover, ~~have~~we ~~vendors~~face the ongoing challenge of managing access controls in a complex environment. Remote and ~~other~~hybrid ~~third~~work ~~parties~~arrangements, ~~who~~including ~~receive~~the ~~data~~use ~~from~~of uspersonal indevices ~~connection~~and ~~with~~home networks that are not managed by the ~~services~~organization's wesecurity ~~offer~~control framework, bypass certain physical security controls for our ~~customers~~employees and the employees of our vendors who have access to sensitive information. InWhile ~~addition,~~additional wecontrols have ~~migrated~~been ~~certain~~put ~~data~~in place, ~~and~~they may ~~increasingly~~not ~~migrate~~be ~~data,~~sufficient to ~~the~~discover ~~cloud~~compromises ~~hosted~~that byoccur ~~third~~due ~~party~~to ~~providers.~~the Weloss ~~are~~of atphysical ~~risk~~controls. The latency of a ~~cyber~~compromise ~~attack~~is ~~involving~~often ameasured ~~vendor~~in ormonths, ~~other~~and ~~third~~we ~~party,~~may ~~which~~not ~~could~~be ~~result~~able into detect a ~~breakdown~~compromise ofin ~~such~~a ~~third~~timely ~~party’s~~manner. ~~data~~We ~~protection~~could ~~measures~~experience orsignificant ~~access~~financial toand ~~our~~reputational ~~infrastructure~~harm ~~through~~as ~~the~~a ~~third~~result ~~party.~~of Tooperational ~~the~~resiliency ~~extent~~issues, ~~that~~including aif ~~vendor~~our ortechnology ~~third~~systems ~~party~~are ~~suffers~~breached, asensitive ~~cyber~~client ~~attack~~or ~~that~~Company ~~compromises~~data ~~their~~are ~~operations~~compromised, ~~our~~modified, ~~data~~rendered ~~and~~inaccessible ~~our~~for ~~customers’~~any ~~data~~period ~~could~~of betime ~~compromised~~or made public, or if we ~~may~~fail ~~experience~~to ~~possible~~make ~~service~~adequate ~~interruption,~~disclosures ~~which~~to ~~could~~the ~~have~~public aor ~~material~~law ~~adverse~~enforcement ~~effect~~agencies onfollowing ~~our~~any ~~business~~such event.

WeOur ~~have~~data ~~from~~protection ~~time~~measures may not be effective to ~~time~~protect ~~experienced~~our ~~cybersecurity~~network ~~incidents,~~and ~~such~~systems asfrom ~~malware~~external ~~incursions,~~and ~~distributed~~internal ~~denial~~threats. ofShould ~~service~~an ~~attacks,~~attacker ~~employee~~gain ~~misconduct~~access ~~and~~to ~~incidents~~our ~~resulting~~network ~~from~~using ~~human~~compromised ~~error~~credentials of an authorized user or otherwise, ~~such~~or gain entry as ~~loss~~a result of ~~portable~~a ~~and~~zero-day exploit or other ~~data~~vulnerabilities ~~storage~~that ~~devices.~~may ~~Like~~exist ~~many~~in ~~companies~~our systems environment, wewhich ~~are~~has ~~subject~~occurred tofrom ~~regular~~time ~~phishing~~to ~~email~~time, ~~and~~we ~~social~~are ~~media~~at ~~engineering~~risk ~~campaigns~~that ~~directed~~the atattacker ~~our~~might ~~employees~~successfully leverage that ~~can~~access ~~result~~to incompromise ~~malware~~additional ~~infections~~systems and ~~financial~~data. ~~and~~Certain ~~data~~measures ~~losses.~~that ~~Although~~could ~~some~~increase ofthe ~~these~~security ~~incidents~~of ~~have~~our ~~resulted~~systems intake ~~data~~significant ~~loss~~time and ~~other~~resources ~~damages,~~ to ~~date,~~deploy ~~they~~broadly ~~have~~and may not ~~had~~be aeffective ~~material~~against ~~adverse~~an ~~effect~~attack. onAdditionally, our ~~business~~policies, orprocedures ~~operations.~~and Intechnical ~~the~~safeguards ~~future,~~may ~~these~~be ~~types~~insufficient ofto ~~incidents~~prevent ~~could~~or ~~result~~detect inimproper access to confidential, personal or proprietary information ~~being~~and ~~lost~~other orcybersecurity ~~stolen~~incidents, ~~surreptitiously~~assess ~~modified,~~the ~~rendered~~severity ~~inaccessible~~or ~~for~~impact of any ~~period~~such ofincidents ~~time,~~ or ~~maliciously~~appropriately ~~made~~respond ~~public,~~in ~~including~~a ~~client~~timely manner. The inability to implement, ~~employee~~maintain and upgrade effective protective measures and other safeguards or ~~Company~~adequately ~~data,~~respond ~~which~~to a breach could have a material adverse effect on our business.

~~Improper~~Although ~~access~~we continue to orinvest ~~disclosure~~in ofsecurity ~~sensitive~~and ~~client~~engage orin ~~Company~~best ~~information~~practices ~~could~~for ~~harm~~software ~~our~~development, ~~reputation~~code ~~and~~vulnerabilities ~~subject~~may usstill tobe ~~significant~~introduced ~~liability~~into ~~under~~production ~~our~~environments. ~~contracts,~~Our astechnology ~~well~~systems asmust ~~under~~be ~~existing~~continually orpatched ~~future~~and ~~laws~~upgraded to protect against vulnerabilities, ~~rules~~including ~~and~~zero-day ~~regulations.~~threats, Inand ~~the~~we ~~event~~are ofat arisk that cyber ~~attack,~~attackers weexploit ~~might~~these vulnerabilities before they have been addressed. Due to ~~take~~the ~~our~~large number and age of the systems ~~offline,~~and ~~which~~platforms ~~could~~that ~~interfere~~we operate and the increased frequency with ~~services~~which vendors issue security patches to ~~our~~their ~~clients~~products, orthe ~~damage~~need ~~our~~to ~~reputation.~~test Wepatches ~~also~~and, ~~may~~in besome ~~unable~~cases tocoordinate ~~detect~~with anclients ~~incident~~and vendors, ~~assess~~before ~~its~~they ~~severity~~can orbe ~~impact~~deployed, orwe ~~appropriately~~are ~~respond~~at ~~and~~risk ~~recover~~that ~~any~~we ~~financial~~cannot ~~and~~deploy ~~data~~these ~~loss~~patches to remediate these vulnerabilities in a timely and effective manner. We ~~may~~are bedependent ~~required~~on tovendors ~~expend~~and ~~significant~~other ~~additional~~third ~~resources~~parties, such as cloud service providers, to ~~mitigate~~keep ~~the~~their ~~damage~~systems ~~and~~patched in order to protect ~~against~~our ~~future~~data. ~~damage~~We have vendors and other third parties who receive data from us in connection with the services we offer our customers. In addition, ~~our~~we ~~Parent's~~have ~~liability~~migrated ~~insurance~~certain data, ~~which~~and ~~includes~~may ~~cyber~~increasingly ~~insurance~~migrate data, ~~may~~to ~~not~~the becloud ~~sufficient~~hosted by third-party providers. We are at risk of a cybersecurity incident involving a vendor or other third party, which could result in ~~type~~a breakdown of such third party’s data protection measures or ~~amount~~access to ~~cover~~our usinfrastructure ~~against~~through ~~claims~~the ~~related~~third toparty. ~~security~~To ~~breaches~~the extent that a vendor or third party suffers a cybersecurity incident that compromises their operations, ~~cyber~~our ~~attacks~~data and ~~other~~our ~~related~~customers’ data could be compromised or we may experience service interruption. Any failure related to these activities and ~~system~~operational ~~incidents~~resiliency could have a material adverse effect on our business.

~~The~~We ~~failure~~have from time to ~~effectively~~time ~~maintain~~experienced cybersecurity incidents, such as malware incursions, distributed denial of service attacks, hardware misconfigurations, zero-day exploits, credential harvesting, social engineering attacks, employee misconduct and ~~modernize~~incidents resulting from human error, such as loss of portable and other data storage devices. Like many companies, we are subject to regular phishing email and social media engineering campaigns directed at our ~~information~~employees ~~technology~~that ~~systems~~have become more sophisticated and ~~infrastructure~~successful, partly through the use of artificial intelligence, and can result in malware infections and financial and data losses. Although some of these incidents have resulted in data loss and other damages, to date, they have not had a material adverse effect on our business or operations. In the future, these types of incidents could ~~adversely~~result ~~affect~~in confidential, restricted personal or proprietary information being lost or stolen, modified, rendered inaccessible for any period of time, or made public, including client, employee or Company data, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The success of our business depends on our ability to maintain effective, secure and reliable information technology systems and infrastructure and to modernize them to support current and new clients and conduct business in an efficient and cost-effective manner. The Parent is undergoing a multi-year transformation of its and its subsidiaries' information technology systems and infrastructure involving several enterprise-wide technology initiatives, including enhancing existing systems and developing new systems and products, to support our strategy and keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology and evolving industry and regulatory requirements. We are also updating certain operations and financial systems, procedures and controls, retiring certain legacy systems, and migrating our systems and applications to the cloud. However, we currently rely on manual processes and procedures that subject us to increased risk of error and internal control failure compared to automated processes.36

~~Our~~Table ~~ability to modernize our information technology systems and infrastructure requires us to execute large-scale, complex programs and projects, which rely on the commitment~~ of significant financial and managerial resources and effective planning and management processes. We may be unable to implement these programs and projects effectively, efficiently or in a timely manner, which could result in poor customer experience, cost overruns, additional expenses, reputational harm, legal and regulatory actions and other adverse consequences.Contents

IfImproper weaccess ~~are unable~~ to ~~maintain~~or ~~information~~disclosure ~~technology~~of ~~systems,~~sensitive ~~procedures~~client ~~(including~~or ~~technology~~Company ~~continuity~~information, ~~planning~~which ~~and~~has ~~recovery~~occurred ~~testing)~~from ~~and~~time ~~controls~~to ~~that~~time, ~~function~~could ~~effectively~~harm ~~without~~our ~~interruption~~reputation and ~~securely~~subject ~~(including~~us ~~through a failure~~ to ~~replace~~significant orliability ~~update~~under ~~redundant or obsolete hardware, applications or software systems), or to update~~ our ~~systems~~contracts, weas ~~may~~well ~~not~~as beunder ~~able~~existing toor ~~successfully~~future ~~offer our products~~laws, ~~conduct~~rules ~~our business~~ and ~~account for transactions in an appropriate and timely manner and our relationships with clients could be adversely affected~~regulations. WeIn ~~are~~the ~~also~~event ~~dependent~~of ona ~~vendors~~cybersecurity ~~and~~incident, ~~other~~we ~~third~~might ~~parties~~have to ~~maintain~~take ~~reliable~~our ~~network~~ systems ~~that provide adequate speed and data capacity. For example~~offline, wewhich ~~utilize~~could ~~third-party~~interfere ~~cloud service providers in connection~~ with ~~certain~~services ~~aspects~~to of our ~~business~~clients ~~and operations, and any disruption of,~~ or ~~interference~~damage ~~with,~~ our ~~use~~reputation. ofIn ~~such~~addition, ~~cloud services could adversely impact~~ our ~~business~~Parent's ~~and~~liability ~~operations.~~insurance Wepolicy, ~~have~~which ~~from~~includes ~~time~~cyber toinsurance, ~~time~~may ~~experienced~~not ~~failures~~be ~~that~~sufficient ~~result~~ in ~~the~~type ~~unavailability~~or ofamount ~~information~~to ~~technology~~fully ~~systems~~cover ~~upon~~us ~~which~~against ~~our~~claims ~~clients~~and ~~rely.~~costs ~~Such~~related ~~failures~~to ~~could~~security ~~result~~breaches, incybersecurity ~~loss~~incidents, ~~of business~~ and ~~adversely~~other ~~affect~~related ~~our~~data ~~financial condition~~ and ~~results~~system ~~of operations~~incidents.

The ~~costs of complying with, or our~~ failure to ~~comply~~effectively ~~with,~~maintain ~~laws~~and ~~related~~modernize toour ~~privacy,~~technology ~~data~~systems ~~security~~ and ~~data~~infrastructure ~~protection~~ could adversely affect our ~~financial condition, operating results and reputation~~business.

50The success of our business depends on our ability to maintain effective, secure and reliable technology systems and infrastructure and to modernize them to support current and new clients and conduct business in an efficient and cost-effective manner. Some of the Parent's technology systems and software are legacy-type systems that are less efficient and require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain or upgrade to current standards, including business continuity procedures. The Parent is undergoing a multiyear transformation of its and its subsidiaries' information technology systems and infrastructure involving several enterprise-wide technology initiatives to support our strategy and keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology and evolving industry and regulatory requirements. This includes implementing an integrated global financial system; enhancing existing systems, procedures and controls; developing new systems and products; and retiring certain legacy systems. We have also migrated many of our systems and applications to the cloud, which is key to our technology strategy. We currently rely on significant manual processes and procedures that subject us to increased risk of error and internal control failure compared to automated processes.

InOur ~~providing~~ability ~~services and solutions~~ to ~~our~~modernize ~~customers and operating~~ our ~~business,~~technology wesystems ~~process, store~~ and ~~transfer~~infrastructure ~~sensitive~~requires customer, end-consumer and Company data, including personal data, in and across multiple jurisdictions. As a result, we are or may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations regarding privacy, data protection and data security. These laws and regulations are continuously evolving and developing. At the state level, the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law is being enacted in a number of states, imposing an array of detailed security measures on insurance companies requiring annual attestation of our security program. In 2020, California passed a second comprehensive privacy law that further increases California residents' privacy rights and established the California Protection Privacy Agenda to regulate and enforce new privacy law. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us ~~are often uncertain and may be conflicting. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely~~ to ~~increase~~execute ~~over time and may restrict the way services involving data are offered~~large-scale, ~~all~~complex ofprograms ~~which may adversely affect our results of operations. Complying with these~~ and ~~similar laws and regulations also requires us to make significant changes to our operations~~projects, which rely on the commitment of significant financial and managerial resources and effective planning and management processes. We may be unable to implement ~~required~~these ~~operational~~programs ~~changes~~and projects effectively, efficiently or in a timely manner, which could result in operational resiliency issues, poor customer experience, cost overruns, additional expenses, reputational harm, legal and regulatory actions and other adverse consequences.

~~Unauthorized~~If ~~disclosure~~we orare ~~transfer~~unable ofto ~~personal~~maintain ortechnology ~~otherwise~~systems, ~~sensitive data~~infrastructure, ~~whether~~procedures (including technology continuity planning and recovery testing) and controls that function effectively without interruption and securely (including through ~~systems~~a failure, ~~employee~~to ~~negligence,~~replace ~~fraud,~~or ~~misappropriation~~update redundant or ~~other~~obsolete ~~means~~hardware, byapplications ~~us,~~or ~~our~~software ~~vendors~~systems), or ~~other~~to ~~parties~~update ~~with~~our ~~whom~~systems, we domay ~~business~~not ~~could~~be ~~subject~~able us to ~~significant~~service ~~litigation,~~our ~~monetary~~clients ~~damages~~and their customers, ~~regulatory~~successfully ~~enforcement~~offer ~~actions,~~our ~~fines~~products, ~~criminal~~conduct ~~prosecution~~our business and ~~other~~account ~~adverse~~for ~~consequences~~transactions in ~~one~~an orappropriate ~~more~~and ~~jurisdictions.~~timely ~~Such~~manner ~~events~~and our relationships with clients could ~~also~~be ~~result~~adversely inaffected. ~~negative~~We ~~publicity~~are dependent on vendors and ~~damage~~other third parties to maintain reliable and secure network systems that provide adequate speed and data capacity. For example, we utilize third-party cloud service providers in connection with certain key aspects of our ~~reputation~~business and ~~cause~~operations, usincluding toin ~~lose~~implementing ~~clients~~an integrated global financial system, ~~which~~and any disruption of, or interference with, our use of such cloud services could have a material adverse ~~effect~~impact on our business and operations. We have from time to time experienced operational resiliency issues, including the unavailability of technology systems upon which our clients rely. Such failures could result in loss of business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Macroeconomic, Political and Global Market Risks

General economic, financial market and political conditions and conditions in the markets in which we operate may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Limited availability of credit, deterioration of the global markets, declines in consumer confidence and consumer spending, increases in prices or in the rate of inflation, periods of high unemployment or labor shortages, persistently low or rapidly increasing interest rates, disruptive geopolitical events and other events outside of our control, such as a major epidemic or a pandemic, or political or civil unrest, or the possibility of a U.S. government shutdown or default on its debt obligations, could contribute, and in some cases have contributed, to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and the financial markets. ~~These~~and ~~conditions~~may ~~could~~materially adversely affect our ~~business~~results of operations and financial condition. Specifically, during periods of economic downturn:

•individuals and businesses may (i) choose not to purchase our insurance products and other products and services, (ii) terminate existing policies or contracts or permit them to lapse and (iii) choose to reduce the amount of coverage they purchase;

•conditions in the markets in which we operate may deteriorate;

•clients are more likely to underperform expectations, experience financial distress and declare bankruptcy, which could have an adverse impact on the remittance of premiums from such clients and the collection of receivables from such clients for items such as unearned premiums and could otherwise expose us to credit risk;37

~~•there~~Table isof ~~a higher loss ratio on credit card and installment loan insurance due to rising unemployment;~~ Contents

•~~there~~clients isare more likely to underperform expectations, experience financial distress and declare bankruptcy, which could have an ~~increased~~adverse ~~risk~~impact on the remittance of ~~fraudulent~~premiums ~~insurance~~from ~~claims~~such clients and the collection of receivables from such clients for items such as unearned premiums and could otherwise expose us to credit risk; and

•there ~~may~~is bea ~~substantial~~risk ~~decreases~~of infraudulent ~~loan availability and origination, which could reduce the demand for credit~~ insurance ~~that we write~~claims.

The COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken in response thereto may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

While still evolving, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant global economic and financial market disruption, resulting in increased financial market volatility, business and operational challenges such as the temporary closures of businesses, and diminished expectations for the economy and the financial markets.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, our results of operations and financial condition have been adversely affected by lower investment income from lower yields. As the COVID-19 pandemic continues, our results of operations and financial condition may also be adversely affected by: our current offer to, or in some states requirement to, waive late payment fees and allow customers to defer premium payments on certain of our products; clients underperforming expectations or experiencing financial distress; customers experiencing difficulty paying premiums or cancelling coverages; and an increase in the number of fraudulent insurance claims. In addition, the cost of reinsurance to us increased during the pandemic, and may continue to increase, and reinsurers may experience financial distress. Furthermore, if the pandemic continues to

create a disruption in the credit or financial markets, or if it impacts our credit ratings, it could adversely affect our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all.

Our investment portfolio (and, specifically, the valuations and cash flows of investments we hold) has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected as a result of market developments from the COVID-19 pandemic and uncertainty regarding its outcome, including low interest rates, reduced liquidity, and a recession or continued slowdown in the U.S economic conditions. The COVID-19 pandemic could result in an impairment in value of our tangible and other intangible assets. In addition, decreases in observable market activity or the unavailability of information arising from the spread of COVID-19 may restrict our access to key inputs used to derive certain estimates and assumptions made in connection with financial reporting or otherwise, including estimates and changes in long-term macro-economic assumptions relating to accounting for current expected credit losses (commonly referred to as "CECL"). Restricted access to such inputs may make our financial statement balances and estimates and assumptions subject to greater variability and subjectivity.

From an operational perspective, our employees, our clients and their customers, and vendors and other third parties with whom we work, have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to mitigate its spread. Currently, the vast majority of our workforce is working remotely, which increases cybersecurity risk and may adversely affect our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, we have invested a significant amount of time and resources across the enterprise to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. An extended period of such conditions could strain our business continuity plans and introduce additional operational risk, including cybersecurity and fraud risks. Measures we take may also subject us to litigation.

We continue to closely monitor developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic to assess its ongoing impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. At this time, it is not possible to estimate how long it will take to halt the spread of the virus or the long-term effects that the COVID-19 pandemic could have on the economy or our business. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations or financial condition will depend on future developments which are highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, and the actions taken by government authorities and other third parties to contain or address its impact. We also cannot predict how legal and regulatory responses to concerns about the COVID-19 pandemic and related public health issues will impact our business, including the possibility of a mandated extension of business interruption or other insurance coverage beyond our policy language, or additional regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay the Parent dividends. Even after the COVID-19 outbreak has subsided, we may experience materially adverse impacts on our business, results of operations or financial condition as a result of the pandemic's global economic impact.

General Risk Factors

Employee misconduct could harm us by subjecting us to significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny and reputational harm.

Our ability to attract, recruit, hire, motivate, develop and retain employees and clients depends upon our corporate culture. Our employees are the cornerstone of our culture and acts of misconduct by any employee, and particularly by senior management, could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation. Our employees could engage or be accused of engaging in misconduct that subjects us to litigation, regulatory sanctions, financial costs and serious harm to our reputation or financial position. Employee misconduct could ~~also~~ prompt regulators to allege or determine, on the basis of such misconduct, that we have not established an adequate program to inform employees of applicable rules or to detect and deter violations of such rules. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct and the precautions we take to detect and prevent misconduct may not be effective. Misconduct by employees, or even unsubstantiated allegations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, reputation and business.

ITEM 10. INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Mariana Wisk, Esq., who serves as an Assistant Secretary of the Company, has given a legal opinion as to the validity of the Contracts. In addition, Ms. Wisk owns less than 1% of shares of common stock of the Parent.

ITEM 11. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO THE REGISTRANT

(A) DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Legal Organization

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York is a stock life insurance company formed in 1971 and organized under the laws of the State of New York. It is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Assurant, Inc. ("Assurant"), which is a leading global ~~provider~~business ofservices ~~risk~~company ~~management~~that ~~solutions in the housing and lifestyle markets~~supports, ~~protecting~~protects ~~where people live~~ and ~~the~~connects ~~goods~~major ~~they~~consumer ~~buy~~purchases. Assurant operates in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Assurant is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AIZ".

In this report, references to the "Company," "Union Security Life," "we," "us" or "our" refer to Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York.

Business Organization

The Company is licensed to sell life, health, annuity insurance, credit life and credit disability products in the State of New York and writes insurance products that are marketed by the Assurant Global Lifestyle operating segment of Assurant. ~~The former Assurant Employee Benefits (now a component of Corporate & Other) operating segment of Assurant is now a closed block and is no longer issuing new policies.~~ However, most of the businesses of the Company were sold through reinsurance or coinsurance arrangements and therefore most revenue and income activity is offset by the reinsurance or coinsurance arrangements.

~~The Company's business activities and revenues have declined significantly since the 2016 sale of the Assurant Employee Benefits business ("AEB").~~ Our total ~~2020~~2023 revenues of $20.68 million consisted of $10.64 million of net investment income, $0.32 million of amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses and ~~only~~ $0.62 million of net earned premiums. See Note 1 to the financial statements for more information~~, including the 2016 sale of AEB~~.

Union Security Life does not have any publicly issued equity or debt securities. However, we are subject to certain filing requirements under the federal securities laws because we have issued certain variable and market value adjusted annuity contracts, which are required to be registered as securities. Assurant exited this line of business and sold the business segment, then referred to as FFG, to Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) in 2001. This sale was accomplished by means of reinsurance and modified coinsurance. As a result, Talcott Resolution is contractually responsible for servicing the insurance contracts, including the payment of benefits, oversight of investment management, overall contract administration and funding of reserves. If Talcott Resolution fails to fulfill its obligations, we will be obligated to perform the services and make the required payments and funding.

As of December 31, ~~2020~~2023, we had no direct employees and were supported by ~~two~~one Assurant ~~employees~~employee who spent a portion of their time working for us virtually, as well as several Assurant employees in other locations supporting our legal, compliance, investment management, administrative, claims handling, actuarial, tax, accounting and financial functions. We believe that employee relations are satisfactory.

For additional information that relates to our and Assurant’s businesses, refer to Assurant’s 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or through Assurant’s website at www.assurant.com. 38

Table of Contents

For additional information that relates to our and Assurant’s businesses, refer to Assurant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the SEC and available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or through Assurant’s website at www.assurant.com.

(B) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY

InOur ~~2020, our~~ Parent ~~relocated~~leases ~~our~~its ~~headquarters~~office ~~from~~in ~~the~~New ~~Fayetteville~~York, New York ~~office~~that toserves as our ~~Parent's home office in New York, New York~~headquarters. We believe that our leased property is adequate for our current business operations.

For a description of material pending legal proceedings in which we are involved, see Note 13 to the financial statements included in Item 11 (E).

(D) NOT APPLICABLE.

5339

~~(E)~~Table ~~FINANCIAL~~of ~~STATEMENTS~~Contents

INDEX

Financial Statements of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm………………………………………………………………………….55

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019……………………………………………………………………………..….57

Statements of Operations For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018…………………………….…………………58

Statements of Comprehensive Income For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018……………………..…………59

Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018…………………...…60

Statements of Cash Flows For Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018………………………………………………61

Notes to Financial Statements…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……62

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule I - Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties as of December 31, 2020…………….…83

Schedule III - Supplementary Insurance Information as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 and for

the years then ended………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....84

Schedule IV - Reinsurance as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 and for the years then ended……………………..….85

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York (the “Company”) as of December 31, ~~2020~~2023 and ~~2019~~2022, and the related statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of changes in ~~stockholder~~stockholders's equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, ~~2020~~2023, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index ~~on the preceding page~~ (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, ~~2020~~2023 and ~~2019~~2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, ~~2020~~2023 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit ~~matters~~matter communicated below ~~are~~is ~~matters~~a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that ~~were~~was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) ~~relate~~relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit ~~matters~~matter below, providing a separate ~~opinions~~opinion on the critical audit ~~matters~~matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which ~~they~~it ~~relate~~relates.

~~Valuation~~PricewaterhouseCoopers ofLLP, ~~Claims~~300 ~~and~~Madison ~~Benefits~~Avenue, ~~Payable~~New ~~Reserves~~York, ~~for~~New ~~Short~~York ~~Duration~~10017 ~~Insurance Contracts~~

AsT: ~~described~~(646) in471 ~~Note 2 to the financial statements~~3000, ~~the Company maintains claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration insurance contracts~~www. ~~Reserves are established using generally accepted actuarial methods and reflect judgments about expected future claim payments~~pwc. The reserve liability is based on the expected ultimate cost of settling the claims. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s total liability for claims and benefits payable was $93.5 million, which included $21.9 million of liabilities for short duration contracts. Claims and benefits payable reserves include case reserves for known but unpaid claims as of the balance sheet date; incurred but not reported reserves for claims where the insured event has occurred but has not been reported as of the balance sheet date; and loss adjustment expense reserves for the expected handling costs of settling the claims. Factors used in the calculation of the reserves include experience derived from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions including loss development factors and expected loss ratios. com/us

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of claims and benefits payable reserves for short duration insurance contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining their estimates, which led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the actuarial methods and projected loss development 40

55Table of Contents

~~factors~~Valuation ~~and expected loss ratio assumptions; and (ii) the audit effort involved the use~~ of ~~professionals~~Level ~~with~~2 ~~specialized~~Fixed ~~skill~~Maturity ~~and knowledge.~~ Securities

~~Addressing~~As ~~the~~described ~~matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence~~ in ~~connection~~Note ~~with~~5 ~~forming~~to ~~our overall opinion on~~ the financial statements~~. These~~, ~~procedures~~the ~~included~~Company ~~testing~~had ~~the~~$9.3 ~~effectiveness~~million of ~~controls~~Level ~~relating~~2 tofixed ~~the~~maturity ~~valuation~~securities as of ~~claims~~December ~~and~~31, ~~benefits~~2023. ~~payable~~Management ~~reserves~~uses ~~for~~a ~~short~~pricing ~~duration~~service ~~insurance~~to ~~contracts,~~value ~~including~~Level ~~controls~~2 ~~over~~securities ~~the~~using ~~selection~~various ofobservable ~~actuarial~~market ~~methods,~~inputs. ~~completeness~~The ~~and~~pricing ~~accuracy~~service prepares estimates of ~~claims~~fair ~~data~~value ~~and~~measurements for the ~~development~~Company’s ofLevel ~~the~~2 ~~significant~~securities ~~assumptions. On~~using aproprietary ~~test~~valuation ~~basis,~~models ~~these~~based ~~procedures~~on ~~also~~techniques ~~included,~~such ~~among~~as ~~others~~matrix pricing, ~~testing~~which ~~the~~include ~~completeness~~observable ~~and~~market ~~accuracy~~inputs. ofThe ~~historical~~valuation ~~claims~~models ~~data~~used ~~provided~~ by ~~management~~the ~~and~~pricing ~~the~~service ~~involvement~~can ofchange ~~professionals~~from ~~with~~period ~~specialized~~to ~~skill~~period, ~~and~~depending ~~knowledge~~on tothe ~~assist~~appropriate inobservable ~~testing~~inputs ~~management’s~~that ~~process~~are ~~for~~available ~~determining~~at the ~~estimates~~balance bysheet ~~evaluating~~date to price the ~~appropriateness~~security. ofManagement ~~management’s~~performs ~~actuarial~~a ~~methods~~periodic ~~and~~analysis to assess if the ~~reasonableness~~evaluated ofprices ~~projected~~represent ~~loss~~a ~~development~~reasonable ~~factors~~estimate ~~and~~of ~~expected~~the ~~loss~~financial ~~ratio~~assets’ ~~assumptions~~fair values.

~~Valuation~~The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of ~~Future~~the ~~Policy~~Company’s ~~Benefits~~level ~~and~~2 ~~Claims~~fixed maturity securities is a critical audit matter are the high degree of auditor effort in performing procedures and ~~Benefits~~evaluating ~~Payable~~audit ~~for~~evidence ~~Certain~~related ~~Long~~to ~~Duration~~the ~~Insurance~~valuation. ~~Contracts~~

AsAddressing ~~described in Note 2 to~~ the ~~financial~~matter ~~statements,~~involved ~~the~~performing ~~Company~~procedures ~~maintains future policy benefits~~ and ~~expense~~evaluating ~~reserves~~audit ~~for~~evidence ~~long-term~~in ~~care~~connection ~~and~~with ~~traditional~~forming ~~insurance~~our ~~policies~~overall ~~fully~~opinion ~~covered~~on bythe ~~reinsurance~~financial ~~and~~statements. noThese ~~longer~~procedures ~~offered~~included ~~which~~testing ~~are equal to~~ the ~~present~~effectiveness ~~value~~ of ~~future~~controls ~~benefits~~relating to ~~policyholders plus related expenses less~~ the ~~present~~valuation ~~value~~ of ~~future~~level ~~net~~2 ~~premiums. The~~fixed ~~Company~~maturity ~~also~~securities, ~~maintains~~including ~~claims~~controls ~~and~~over ~~benefits~~management’s ~~payable~~process ~~for~~to ~~policies~~evaluate ~~fully~~the ~~covered~~fair byvalues ~~reinsurance~~from ~~and certain group life conversion and medical insurance policies no longer offered which are equal to~~ the ~~present~~pricing ~~value~~service. ofThese ~~future~~procedures ~~benefit~~also ~~payments~~included, ~~and~~among ~~related expenses. As of December 31~~others, ~~2020,~~(i) the ~~Company’s~~involvement ~~total future policy benefits and expenses reserve was $328.7 million, consisting~~ of ~~liabilities~~professionals ~~for~~with ~~business~~specialized ~~disposed~~skill ~~through reinsurance~~ and inknowledge ~~runoff.~~to Asassist ofin ~~December~~assessing ~~31,~~estimation ~~2020~~uncertainty, ~~the~~(ii) ~~Company’s~~developing ~~total~~an ~~liability~~independent ~~for~~range ~~claims and benefits payable was $93.5 million, which included $71.2 million~~ of ~~liabilities~~prices for ~~long duration business disposed through reinsurance and in runoff. Factors used in~~ the ~~calculation~~securities ofby ~~the~~obtaining ~~reserves~~independent ~~include~~pricing ~~experience derived~~ from ~~historical~~third ~~claim~~party ~~payments~~vendors, ~~expected future premiums~~ and ~~actuarial~~(iii) ~~assumptions.~~comparing ~~The~~management's ~~reserve~~investment ~~assumptions~~fair ~~include~~values ~~mortality,~~to ~~morbidity,~~the ~~inflation,~~independent ~~withdrawal~~range ~~and~~of ~~discount~~prices ~~rates~~to ~~for~~evaluate ~~future~~the ~~policy~~reasonableness ~~benefits~~of ~~and expense reserves, and inflation, mortality, morbidity, and discount rates for claims and benefits payable that are based on the Company’~~management's ~~experience~~estimates.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of future policy benefits and expenses and claims and benefits payable for certain long duration insurance contracts is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when determining their estimates, which led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the actuarial methods and mortality, morbidity and discount rate assumptions; and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of future policy benefits and expenses, as well as claims and benefits payable for certain long duration contracts, including controls over the selection of actuarial methods, completeness and accuracy of data and the development of significant assumptions. On a test basis, these procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for determining the estimates, which included testing the completeness and accuracy of historical claims data provided by management and the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in evaluating the reasonableness of management’s mortality, morbidity and discount rate assumptions for future policy benefits and expenses and claims and benefits payable. These professionals with specialized skill and knowledge also assisted in evaluating the appropriateness of the actuarial methods used, which included performing testing of the valuation models for future policy benefits and expense reserves.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York

April 15 16, ~~2021~~2024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2000.

5641

Table of Contents

(E) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX

Financial Statements of Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm………………………………………………………………………….41

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022……………………………………………………………………………..….43

Statements of Operations For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021…………………………….…………………44

Statements of Comprehensive Income For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021……………………..…………45

Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021…………………...…46

Statements of Cash Flows For Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021………………………………………………47

Notes to Financial Statements…………………………………………………………………………………………………….……48

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule I - Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties as of December 31, 2023…………….…71

Schedule III - Supplementary Insurance Information as of December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 and for

the years then ended………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….....72

Schedule IV - Reinsurance as of December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 and for the years then ended……………………..….73

Table of Contents

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2020		2019
	2023		2022
	(in millions except per share and share amounts)
Assets
Investments:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost — $38.4 in 2020 and $43.4 in 2019)	$	42.6	$	46.7
Fixed maturity securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost — $10.0 in 2023 and $10.2 in 2022)	$	9.3	$	9.2
Short-term investments	41.26		01.56
Total investments	4610.89		4710.28
Cash and cash equivalents	0.57		0.74
Reinsurance recoverables	423.6		418.2
Reinsurance recoverables (net of allowances for credit losses of $0.3 and $0.5 at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively)	437.3		452.7
Other assets	12.36		12.57
Assets held in separate accounts	1110.52		10.71
Total assets	$	~~483~~461.7	$	~~478~~476.37
Liabilities
Future policy benefits and expenses	$	~~328~~420.79	$	~~326~~434.49
Unearned premiums	21.39		2.50
Claims and benefits payable	9315.57		8917.71
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses	1.0.4		10.36
Accounts payable and other liabilities	0.25		0.52
Liabilities related to separate accounts	1110.52		10.71
Total liabilities	~~437~~449.26		~~431~~464.19
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
Stockholder's equity
Common stock, par value $20 per share, 100,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding	2.0		2.0
Additional paid-in capital	3910.67		4110.87
Retained earnings	1.5		0.7
Retained earnings (deficit)	—		(0.2)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	3(0.46)		2(0.7)
Total stockholder's equity	4612.51		4711.28
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity	$	~~483~~461.7	$	~~478~~476.37

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

5743

Table of Contents

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Statements of Operations

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	2023		2022		2021
	(in millions)
Revenues
Net earned premiums	$	0.62	$	0.73	$	0.85
Net investment income	10.64		1.93		21.03
Net realized gains (losses) on investments	0.1		—		(0.2)
Net realized (losses) gains on investments	—		(1.1)		0.2
Amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses	0.32		0.2		0.82
Total revenues	20.68		20.87		32.42
Benefits, losses and expenses
Policyholder benefits	0.41		0.35		0.2
Underwriting, general and administrative expenses	1.0.5		01.60		0.85
Total benefits, losses and expenses	10.46		01.95		1.0.7
Income before provision for income taxes	1.2		1.9		2.4
Income (loss) before (benefit) provision for income taxes	0.2		(0.8)		1.5
Provision for income taxes	0.2		0.3		0.4
(Benefit) provision for income taxes	—		(0.2)		0.3
Net income	$	1.0	$	1.6	$	2.0
Net income (loss)	$	0.2	$	(0.6)	$	1.2

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

5844

Table of Contents

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Statements of Comprehensive Income

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	2023		2022		2021
	(in millions)
Net income	$	1.0	$	1.6	$	2.0
Net income (loss)	$	0.2	$	(0.6)	$	1.2
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in unrealized gains on securities, net of taxes of $(0.2) million, $(0.3) million, and $0.3 million, respectively (1)	0.7		1.0		(1.1)
Change in unrealized gains on securities, net of taxes of $— million, $0.8 million, and $0.3 million, respectively	0.1		(2.9)		(1.2)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	0.71		1(2.09)		(1.12)
Total comprehensive income	$	1.7	$	2.6	$	0.9
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	0.3	$	(3.5)	$	—

(1) Includes changes in other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in other comprehensive income.

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

5945

Table of Contents

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity

Years Ended December 31, ~~2020~~2023, ~~2019~~2022 and ~~2018~~ 2021

	CommonStock		AdditionalPaid-inCapital		RetainedEarnings (Deficit)		AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncome		Total
	(in millions)
Balance, January 1, 2018	$	2.0	$	45.2	$	4.8	$	2.4	$	54.4
Balance, January 1, 2021	$	2.0	$	39.6	$	1.5	$	3.4	$	46.5
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of taxes (1)	—		—		(0.4)		0.4		—
Net income	—		—		1.2		—		1.2
Net income	—		—		2.0		—		2.0
Dividends to Parent	—		—		(1.2)		—		(1.2)
Dividends to Parent	—		—		(6.0)		—		(6.0)
Other comprehensive loss	—		—		—		(1.2)		(1.2)
Other comprehensive loss	—		—		—		(1.1)		(1.1)
Balance, December 31, 2021	$	2.0	$	39.6	$	1.5	$	2.2	$	45.3
Balance, December 31, 2018	$	2.0	$	45.2	$	0.4	$	1.7	$	49.3
Net loss	—		—		(0.6)		—		(0.6)
Net income	—		—		1.6		—		1.6
Dividends to Parent (1)	—		(28.9)		(1.1)		—		(30.0)
Dividends to Parent (2)	—		(3.4)		(1.3)		—		(4.7)
Other comprehensive loss	—		—		—		(2.9)		(2.9)
Other comprehensive income	—		—		—		1.0		1.0
Balance, December 31, 2022	$	2.0	$	10.7	$	(0.2)	$	(0.7)	$	11.8
Balance, December 31, 2019	$	2.0	$	41.8	$	0.7	$	2.7	$	47.2
Net income	—		—		0.2		—		0.2
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of taxes (3)	—		—		(0.2)		—		(0.2)
Other comprehensive income	—		—		—		0.1		0.1
Net income	—		—		1.0		—		1.0
Balance, December 31, 2023	$	2.0	$	10.7	$	—	$	(0.6)	$	12.1
Dividends to Parent (2)	—		(2.4)		—		—		(2.4)
Parental loan extinguishment (4)	—		0.2		—		—		0.2
Other comprehensive income	—		—		—		0.7		0.7
Balance, December 31, 2020	$	2.0	$	39.6	$	1.5	$	3.4	$	46.5

(1) ~~Amounts~~ ~~relate~~Dividends are required to ~~the~~be ~~reclassification~~deducted from ~~AOCI to~~ retained earnings ~~for~~available ~~stranded~~as ~~tax~~of ~~effects~~the ~~resulting~~dividend ~~from~~date ~~the~~and ~~U.S.~~when ~~Tax~~depleted, ~~Cuts~~deducted ~~and~~from ~~Jobs~~additional ~~Act.~~paid-in ~~See~~capital ~~Note~~and 2treated ~~for~~as ~~additional~~a ~~information.~~return of capital.

(2) Dividends are required to be deducted from retained earnings available as of the dividend date and when depleted, deducted from additional paid-in capital.

(3) Amount relates to the adoption of a new accounting standard for accounting for expected credit losses for assets held at amortized cost, which established allowances for such expected credit losses as of January 1, 2020. See Note 2 for additional information.

(4) Amount relates to a loan from Parent that was extinguished during 2020, which in accordance with ASC 470, Debt, was treated as a capital transaction given it was between related entities.

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

6046

Table of Contents

Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York

Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	2023		2022		2021
	(in millions)
Operating activities
Net income	$	1.0	$	1.6	$	2.0
Net income (loss)	$	0.2	$	(0.6)	$	1.2
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Noncash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income:
Amortization of deferred gains on disposal of businesses	(0.32)		(0.2)		(0.82)
Depreciation and amortization	—		(0.1)		(0.1)
Deferred tax (expense) benefit	(0.2)		(0.1)		0.1
Deferred tax expense	0.2		(0.5)		—
Net realized (gains) losses on investments	(0.1)		—		0.2
Net realized losses (gains) on investments	—		1.1		(0.2)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Change in reinsurance recoverable	(0.2)		0.3		—
Reinsurance recoverable	—		0.1		0.5
Change in insurance policy reserves and expenses	0.1		(0.1)		(0.2)
Insurance policy reserves and expenses	(0.1)		0.4		(0.6)
Change in other assets and other liabilities	0.4		(0.3)		(0.1)
Other assets and other liabilities	0.2		0.2		(0.2)
Change in taxes payable	—		0.1		(0.2)
Taxes payable	(0.3)		—		0.1
Other	—0.2		—0.1		(0.2)1
Net cash provided by operating activities	0.72		10.27		0.78
Investing activities
Sales of:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale	~~0.5~~—		111.60		149.71
Equity securities	—		—		0.2
Maturities, prepayments, and scheduled redemption of:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale	80.16		35.26		512.07
Purchases of:
Fixed maturity securities available for sale	(30.5)		(1116.52)		(1613.14)
Change in short-term investments	~~(3.6)~~—		010.24		0(7.69)
Net cash provided by investing activities	10.51		30.58		40.45
Financing activities
Cash dividends paid (1)	~~(2.4)~~—		(41.7)		(61.02)
Net cash used in financing activities	~~(2.4)~~—		(41.7)		(61.02)
Change in cash and cash equivalents	(0.2)3		—(0.2)		(0.9)1
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	0.74		0.76		10.65
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	0.57	$	0.74	$	0.76
Supplemental information:
Income taxes paid	$	0.41	$	0.43	$	0.62

(1) ~~Includes~~ ~~return~~For ofthe ~~capital~~year ~~amounts~~ended 2022, the Company had a $28.3 million non-cash extraordinary dividend. See Note 7 for additional information.

See the accompanying Notes to Financial Statements

6147

Table of Contents

Notes to Financial Statements

(In millions except number of shares, per share amounts, number of securities and number of loans)

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND ITEMS IMPACTING BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Overview: Union Security Life Insurance Company of New York (the "Company") is domiciled in New York and is a provider of life, health, annuity insurance, credit life and credit disability products. ~~Prior~~The toCompany's ~~March~~financial 1,statements ~~2016,~~also reflect the ~~Company~~assets, ~~was~~liabilities ~~also~~and aactivity ~~provider~~associated ofwith ~~group~~businesses ~~insurance~~that ~~products.~~were Insold ~~March~~through ~~2016,~~reinsurance ~~Assurant,~~and ~~Inc~~coinsurance arrangements. ~~("Assurant"~~In or2016 ~~the "Parent") sold its~~ Assurant ~~Employee~~entered ~~Benefits~~into ~~(“AEB”) segment mainly through~~ a ~~series of~~ reinsurance ~~transactions~~agreement with Sun Life and Health Insurance Company (U.S.) ("Sun Life"), afor ~~subsidiary~~the ~~of Sun Life Financial Inc. The~~ sale of ~~AEB~~its ~~had~~Assurant aEmployee ~~material~~Benefits ~~impact~~("AEB") ~~to the results of operations, cash flows and financial condition of the Company~~segment. ~~The~~ ~~Company's financial statements also reflect the assets, liabilities and activity associated with businesses that were sold through reinsurance and coinsurance arrangements.~~ In 2001, Assurant entered into a reinsurance agreement with Talcott Resolution (formerly owned by The Hartford) for the sale of the Fortis Financial Group ("FFG") division. In 2000, the Company divested its Long-Term Care ("LTC") operations to John Hancock Life Insurance Company, a subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation ("John Hancock"). Assets supporting liabilities ceded relating to these businesses are mainly held in trusts and the separate accounts relating to FFG are still reflected in the Company's balance sheet.

The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent. The Parent's common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "AIZ".

Sale of Assurant Employee Benefits: As referenced above, in March 2016, the Parent completed the sale of its Assurant Employee Benefits segment through a series of transactions with Sun Life. The transaction was primarily structured as a reinsurance arrangement, as well as the sale of certain legal entities that included a ceding commission and other consideration. The reinsurance transaction did not extinguish the Company's primary liability on the policies it has issued or assumed, thus any gains associated with the prospective component of the reinsurance transaction are deferred and amortized over the contract period, including contractual renewal periods, in proportion to the amount of insurance coverage provided. In March 2020, the Company's obligation to continue to write and renew certain policies for a period of time until Sun Life commenced policy writing and renewal expired.

The Company was required to allocate the proceeds considering the relative fair value of transaction components. Most of the expected gains resulting from the transaction related to compensation for the in-force policies (prospective component), sales of net assets underlying the continuing business, as well as the future compensation for performance obligations to write and renew certain policies for a period of time. The terms "deferred gain" and "amortization of deferred gain" broadly reflect the multiple transaction elements and earnings thereof, inclusive of the expected and actual income resulting from the reinsurance subject to prospective accounting, income expected to be earned related to the deferred gains associated with long-duration contracts, and the expected recognition of deferred revenues associated with our performance obligations.

The following represents a summary of the deferred gain related to Assurant Employee Benefits and other previously sold businesses that was amortized within the Financial Statements:

	Years Ended December 31,
Amortization of deferred gains related to:	2020		2019		2018
Assurant Employee Benefits	$	—	$	0.2	$	0.5
Other disposed businesses	$	0.3	$	—	$	0.3
Total	$	0.3	$	0.2	$	0.8

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Amounts are presented in United States of America ("U.S.") dollars and all amounts are in millions, except for number of shares, per share amounts, ~~number of securities~~ and number of loans.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. The items affected by the use of estimates include but are not limited to, investments, reinsurance recoverables, other assets, future policy benefits and expenses, unearned premiums, claims and benefits payable, deferred gain on disposal of businesses, and commitments and contingencies. The estimates are sensitive to market conditions, investment yields, mortality, morbidity, commissions and other acquisition expenses, policyholder behavior and other factors. Actual results could differ from the estimates recorded. The Company believes all amounts reported are reasonable and adequate.

disposal of businesses, and commitments and contingencies. The estimates are sensitive to market conditions, investment yields, mortality, morbidity, commissions and other acquisition expenses, policyholder behavior and other factors. Actual results could differ from the estimates recorded. The Company believes all amounts reported are reasonable and adequate.

Fair Value

The Company uses an exit price for its fair value measurements. An exit price is defined as the amount received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In measuring fair value, the Company gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. See Note 5 for additional information.

Investments

Fixed maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale as defined in the investments guidance and are reported at fair value. If the fair value is higher than the amortized cost for fixed maturity securities, the excess is an unrealized gain; and, if lower than amortized cost, the difference is an unrealized loss. Net unrealized gains and losses on securities classified as available-for-sale, less deferred income taxes, are included in AOCI.

~~Effective~~Presentation ~~January 1, 2020, the Company adopted certain changes to the accounting and reporting for impairments involving available for sale securities, including presentation~~ of credit-related impairments asis anshown ~~allowance rather than~~ as an ~~other-than-temporary impairment~~allowance, ~~eliminating~~recognizing ~~duration of unrealized losses as a consideration when assessing recognition of an impairment, recognition of~~ credit impairments upon purchase of securities as applicable, and requiring reversals of previously recognized credit-related impairments when ~~expectations for recovery improve~~applicable.

For available for sale fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position for which the Company does not intend to sell or for which it is more likely than not that the Company would not be required to sell before an anticipated recovery in value, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, the Company considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost basis, changes to the credit rating of the security by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization and any adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry or geographic area, among other factors. If this assessment indicates a potential credit loss may exist, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected are compared to the security’s amortized cost basis. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit-related impairment exists, and a charge to income and an associated allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit-related impairment. Any impairment not related to credit losses is recorded through other comprehensive income. The amount of the allowance ~~for credit losses is limited to the amount by which fair value is less than the amortized cost basis.~~

Table of Contents

for credit losses is limited to the amount by which fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Upon recognizing a credit-related impairment, the cost basis of the security is not adjusted.

Subsequent changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for, or reversal of, credit loss expense. For fixed maturities where the Company records a credit loss, a determination is made as to the cause of the impairment and whether the Company expects a recovery in the value. Write-offs are charged against the allowance when management concludes the financial asset is uncollectible. For fixed maturities where the Company expects a recovery in value, the effective yield method is utilized, and the investment is amortized to par.

For available for sale fixed maturity securities that the Company intends to sell, or for which it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entire impairment loss, or difference between the fair value and amortized cost basis of the security, is recognized in net realized gains (losses). The new cost basis of the security is the previous amortized cost basis less the impairment recognized and is not adjusted for any subsequent recoveries in fair value.

The Company reports receivables for accrued investment income separately from fixed maturities available for sale and elected not to measure allowances for credit losses for accrued investment income as uncollectible balances are written off in a timely manner. Accrued investment income is included in other assets.

Equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net realized gains (losses) on investments on the Company’s statement of operations.

Equity securities accounted for under the measurement alternative are impaired if a qualitative assessment based upon several indicators such as earnings performance, offers to sell or purchase, ability to continue as a going concern and macroeconomic factors indicates the equity investment is impaired and the fair value of the investment is less than its carrying value. If a qualitative assessment indicates impairment a quantitative analysis which uses probability weighted

potential outcomes is performed to determine the amount of the impairment to be recognized that result in a fair value measurement.

Short-term investments include securities and other investments with durations of one year or less, but greater than three months, between the date of purchase and maturity. These amounts are reported at cost or amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are recognized on the specific identification basis.

Investment income is recorded as earned and reported net of investment expenses.

The Company anticipates prepayments of principal in the calculation of the effective yield for mortgage-backed securities and structured securities. The retrospective method is used to adjust the effective yield for the majority of the Company's mortgage-backed and structured securities. For credit-sensitive or credit impaired structured securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis, primarily our commercial mortgaged-backed,residential mortgage-backed and asset backed securities.

Total OTTI Losses

Prior to January 1, 2020, the Company separated OTTI losses of a debt security into two components of credit and non-credit losses. For debt securities with credit losses and non-credit losses or gains, total OTTI losses was the total of the decline in fair value from either the most recent OTTI determination or a prior period end in which the fair value declined until the current period end valuation date. This amount did not include any securities that had fair value increases. For debt securities that the Company had either the intent to sell or it was more likely than not that it would be required to sell below amortized cost, total OTTI losses were the amount by which the fair value of the security was less than its amortized cost basis at the period end valuation date and the decline in fair value was deemed to be OTTI.

The amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss was recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other, non-credit factors (e.g., interest rates, market conditions, etc.) was recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The difference between the amortized cost of the security and the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected represented a credit loss that was recognized in earnings. If the estimated fair value was less than the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected, this portion of OTTI represented a non-credit loss that was recorded in other comprehensive income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities and other investments with durations of three months or less between the date of purchase and maturity to be cash equivalents. These amounts are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash balances are reviewed at the end of each reporting period to determine if negative cash balances exist. If negative cash balances exist, the cash accounts are netted with other positive cash accounts of the same bank provided the right of offset exists between the accounts. If the right of offset does not exist, the negative cash balances are reclassified to accounts payable and other liabilities.

Reinsurance

For ~~both~~ ceded ~~and assumed~~ reinsurance, risk transfer requirements must be met for reinsurance accounting to apply. If risk transfer requirements are not met, the contract is accounted for as a deposit, resulting in the recognition of cash flows under the contract through a deposit asset or liability and not as revenue or expense. To meet risk transfer requirements, a reinsurance contract must include both insurance risk, consisting of both underwriting and timing risk, and a reasonable possibility of a significant loss for the assuming entity. Similar risk transfer criteria are used to determine whether directly written insurance contracts should be accounted for as insurance or as a deposit.

Reinsurance recoverables include amounts related to paid benefits and estimated amounts related to unpaid policy and contract claims, future policyholder benefits and policyholder contract deposits. The cost of reinsurance is recognized as a reduction to premiums earned over the terms of the underlying reinsured policies. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with claim and claim adjustment expense reserves or future policy benefits reserves and are reported in the balance sheets. The cost of reinsurance related to long-duration contracts is recognized over the life of the underlying reinsured policies. The ceding of insurance does not discharge the Company’s primary liability to insureds, thus a credit exposure exists to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet the obligation assumed in the reinsurance agreements. To mitigate this exposure to reinsurer insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and typically holds collateral (in the form of funds withheld, trusts and letters of credit) as security under the reinsurance agreements.

~~Effective~~The ~~January~~Company 1,accounts ~~2020,~~for ~~the~~credit ~~Company~~losses ~~adopted~~using the expected credit loss model for reinsurance recoverables. The Company uses a probability of default and loss given default methodology in estimating the allowance, whereby the credit ratings of reinsurers are used in determining the probability of default. The allowance is established for reinsurance recoverables on paid and unpaid future policy benefits and claims and benefits. Prior to applying default factors, the net exposure to credit risk is reduced for any collateral for which the right of offset exists, such as funds withheld, assets held in trust and letters of credit, which are part of the reinsurance arrangements, with adjustments to include consideration of credit exposure on the collateral. The methodology used by the Company incorporates historical default factors for each reinsurer based on their credit rating using comparably rated bonds as published by a major ratings service. The allowance is based upon the Company’s ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing and other relevant factors.

6449

~~Prior~~Table ~~to January 1, 2020, an allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded on the basis~~ of periodic evaluations of balances due from reinsurers (net of collateral), reinsurer solvency, historical collection experience and current economic conditions. Prior to adoption of the expected credit loss model, the Company did not have an allowance for doubtful accounts balance for reinsurance recoverables.Contents

paid and unpaid future policy benefits and claims and benefits. Prior to applying default factors, the net exposure to credit risk is reduced for any collateral for which the right of offset exists, such as funds withheld, assets held in trust and letters of credit, which are part of the reinsurance arrangements, with adjustments to include consideration of credit exposure on the collateral. The methodology used by the Company incorporates historical default factors for each reinsurer based on their credit rating using comparably rated bonds as published by a major ratings service. The allowance is based upon the Company’s ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing and other relevant factors.

Reinsurance premiums assumed are calculated based upon payments received from ceding companies together with accrual estimates, which are based on both payments received and in-force policy information received from ceding companies. Any subsequent differences arising on such estimates are recorded in the period in which they are determined.

Other Assets

Other assets ~~primarily~~ include prepaid items, ~~premiums~~deferred ~~and~~income ~~accounts~~tax ~~receivable,~~assets ~~net,~~and accrued investment income~~, deferred income taxes, and income tax receivable~~.

Separate Accounts

Assets and liabilities associated with separate accounts relate to premium and annuity considerations for variable annuity products for which the contract-holder, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk. Separate account assets (with matching liabilities) are reported at fair value. Revenues and expenses related to the separate account assets and liabilities, to the extent of benefits paid or provided to the separate account policyholders, are excluded from the amounts reported in the accompanying statements of operations because the underlying accounts involve investment-type annuity contracts and/or are subject to reinsurance.

Reserves

Reserves are established using generally accepted actuarial methods and reflect judgments about expected future premium and claim payments. Factors used in their calculation include experience derived from historical claim payments, expected future premiums and actuarial assumptions. Calculations incorporate assumptions about the incidence of incurred claims, the extent to which all claims have been reported, reporting lags, expenses, inflation rates, future investment earnings, internal claims processing costs and other relevant factors. The estimation of reserves includes an element of uncertainty given that management is using historical information and methods to project future events and reserve outcomes.

The recorded reserves represent the Company’s best estimate at a point in time of the ultimate costs of settlement and administration of a claim or group of claims based upon actuarial assumptions and projections using facts and circumstances known at the time of calculation. The adequacy of reserves may be impacted by future trends in claims severity, frequency, judicial theories of liability and other factors. These variables are affected by both external and internal events, including ~~but not limited to~~: changes in the economic cycle, inflation, ~~natural or human-made catastrophes,~~ judicial trends, legislative changes and claims handling procedures.

Many of these items are not directly quantifiable and not all future events can be anticipated when reserves are established. Reserve estimates are refined as experience develops. Adjustments to reserves, both positive and negative, are reflected in the statement of operations in the period in which such estimates are updated. Because establishment of reserves is an inherently complex process involving significant judgment and estimates, there can be no certainty that future settlement amounts for claims incurred through the financial reporting date will not vary from reported claims reserves. Future loss development could require reserves to be increased or decreased, which could have a material effect on the Company’s earnings in the periods in which such increases or decreases are made. However, based on information currently available, the Company believes its reserve estimates are adequate.

6550

~~The~~Table ~~following~~of ~~table provides reserve information for our major product lines for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:~~ Contents

	December 31, 2020								December 31, 2019
					Claims and Benefits Payable								Claims and Benefits Payable
	FuturePolicyBenefits andExpenses		UnearnedPremiums		CaseReserves		IncurredBut NotReportedReserves		FuturePolicyBenefits andExpenses		UnearnedPremiums		CaseReserves		IncurredBut NotReportedReserves
Long Duration Contracts:
Universal life and other products no longer offered	$	0.5	$	—	$	0.4	$	—	$	0.5	$	—	$	0.5	$	—
Disposed and run-off businesses	328.2		2.3		64.4		6.8		325.9		2.4		59.9		4.7
Short Duration Contracts:
Disposed and run-off businesses	—		—		21.7		0.2		—		0.1		24.0		0.5
Credit life and disability	—		—		—		—		—		—		—		0.1
Total	$	328.7	$	2.3	$	86.5	$	7.0	$	326.4	$	2.5	$	84.4	$	5.3

The following table provides reserve information for our major product lines for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:


	December 31, 2023								December 31, 2022
					Claims and Benefits Payable								Claims and Benefits Payable
	Future Policy Benefits and Expenses		Unearned Premiums		Case Reserves		Incurred But Not Reported Reserves		Future Policy Benefits and Expenses		Unearned Premiums		Case Reserves		Incurred But Not Reported Reserves
Long Duration Contracts:
Universal life and other products no longer offered	$	—	$	—	$	0.4	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.4	$	—
Disposed and run-off businesses	420.9		1.9		—		—		434.9		2.0		—		—
Short Duration Contracts:
Disposed and run-off businesses	—		—		15.1		0.2		—		—		16.5		0.2

Total	$	420.9	$	1.9	$	15.5	$	0.2	$	434.9	$	2.0	$	16.9	$	0.2

For additional information regarding our reserves, see Note 10.

Long Duration Contracts

~~Future~~The ~~policy~~Company ~~benefits~~adopted ~~and~~the ~~expense~~targeted ~~reserves~~improvements ~~for~~accounting ~~LTC~~guidance ~~and~~for ~~the~~long-duration ~~traditional life~~ insurance contracts ~~fully~~as ~~covered~~of byJanuary ~~reinsurance~~1, ~~and~~2023, nousing ~~longer~~a ~~offered~~modified ~~are~~retrospective ~~equal~~method toon ~~the~~liabilities ~~present~~for ~~value of~~ future policy benefits toand ~~policyholders plus related~~ expenses ~~less the present value of the future net premiums. These amounts are estimated based on assumptions as~~ to ~~the~~January ~~expected discount~~1, ~~inflation,~~2021 ~~mortality,~~for ~~morbidity~~long-term ~~and withdrawal~~care ~~rates~~insurance ascontracts ~~well as other assumptions~~ that ~~are~~have ~~based~~been onfully ~~the Company’s experience~~reinsured. ~~These assumptions reflect anticipated trends and include provisions for possible adverse deviations.~~

~~Claims~~Under ~~and~~the ~~benefits~~transition ~~payable~~guidance, ~~for~~the ~~policies~~long-term ~~fully~~care ~~covered~~insurance bycontracts ~~reinsurance~~are grouped into cohorts based on the contract’s issue year. Premiums are ~~equal~~recognized towhen due as net earned premiums in the statement of operations. A future policy benefits and expenses reserve is recorded as the present value of estimated future ~~benefit~~policy ~~payments~~benefits and ~~related~~ expenses less the present value of estimated future net premiums. ~~These~~The ~~amounts~~net premium ratio (“NPR”) approach is used to recognize a liability when expected insurance benefits are ~~estimated~~accrued ~~based~~over onthe life of the contract in proportion to premium revenue. Policy expense assumptions are locked in as toof ~~inflation,~~December ~~mortality~~31, ~~morbidity~~2020 as the long-term care insurance products are in run-off as of the transition date. Actual premiums and benefits are recognized on a quarterly basis in the statement of operations allocated in proportion to prior period cash flow projections at the cohort level. The updated cash flows used in the calculation are discounted using the discount ~~rates~~rate asused ~~well~~in the last premium deficiency test update prior to December 31, 2020 (the “original discount rate”) and presented as ~~other~~interest ~~assumptions~~expense ~~that~~in ~~are~~the statement of operations. The revised NPR is used to measure benefit expense based on the recognized premium revenue in the period. The difference between the updated future policy benefits and expenses reserve opening period and previous ending period due to updating the NPR is presented as a remeasurement gain or loss (e.g., a cumulative catch-up adjustment) in policyholder benefits in the Company'’s ~~experience~~statements of operations.

~~Changes~~A inremeasurement of the ~~estimated~~ending ~~liabilities~~reporting ~~are~~period ~~reported~~future aspolicy abenefits ~~charge~~and orexpenses ~~credit~~reserve tois ~~policyholder~~calculated ~~benefits~~using the current upper medium grade fixed-income corporate bond instrument yield as of the ~~estimates~~balance ~~are~~sheet ending period (the “current discount rate”). The current discount rate used is an externally published US corporate A index weighted average spot rate that is updated quarterly and effectively matches the duration of the expected cash flow streams of the long-term care reserves. The difference between the ending period future policy benefits and expenses reserve measured using the original discount rate and the future policy benefits and expenses reserve measured using the current discount rate is recorded in AOCI in the Company’s statements of comprehensive income.

The long-term care insurance contracts are fully reinsured and there is no impact to stockholders’ equity

or net income as the reserves are fully reinsured. See Note 10 for additional information.

Short Duration Contracts

The Company’s short duration contracts include ~~former AEB~~ group insurance contracts no longer offered, as well as credit life, disability and ~~disability~~mortgage accidental death contracts. For short duration contracts, claims and benefits payable reserves are recorded when insured events occur. The liability is based on the expected ultimate cost of settling the claims. The claims and benefits payable reserves include: (1) case reserves for known but unpaid claims as of the balance sheet date; (2) incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) reserves for claims where the insured event has occurred but has not been reported to the Company as of the balance sheet date; and (3) loss adjustment expense reserves for the expected handling costs of settling ~~the claims. Factors used in the calculation include experience derived from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions including loss development factors and expected loss ratios.~~

Table of Contents

the claims. Factors used in the calculation include experience derived from historical claim payments and actuarial assumptions including loss development factors and expected loss ratios.

Changes in the estimated liabilities are recorded as a charge or credit to policyholder benefits as estimates are updated.

Contingencies

A loss contingency is recorded if reasonably estimable and probable. The Company establishes reserves for these contingencies at the best estimate, or if no one estimated amount within the range of possible losses is more probable than any other, the Company records an estimated reserve at the low end of the estimated range. Contingencies affecting the Company primarily relate to legal and regulatory matters, which are inherently difficult to evaluate and are subject to significant changes.

Premiums

Long Duration Contracts

Premiums for long term care insurance and life insurance contracts no longer offered are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For investment-type annuity contracts, revenues consist of charges assessed against policy balances.

Short Duration Contracts

The Company’s short duration contracts revenue is recognized over the contract term in proportion to the amount of insurance protection provided.

Underwriting, General and Administrative Expenses

Underwriting, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of commissions, premium taxes, licenses, fees, salaries and personnel benefits, and other general operating expenses and are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

The Company reports its taxable income in a consolidated federal income tax return along with other affiliated subsidiaries of the Parent. Income tax expense or benefit is allocated among the affiliated subsidiaries by applying income tax rates to taxable income or loss determined on a separate return basis according to a tax allocation agreement. Entities with losses record current tax benefits to the extent such losses are utilized in the consolidated federal tax return.

Current federal income taxes are recognized based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable operations for the current year. Deferred income taxes are recorded for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the Company expects the temporary differences to reverse. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that an amount will not be realized. The impact of changes in tax rates on all deferred tax assets and liabilities are required to be reflected within income on the enactment date, regardless of the financial statement component where the deferred tax originated.

The Company classifies net interest expense related to tax matters and any applicable penalties as a component of income tax expense.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income, and net unrealized gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale, less deferred income taxes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Adopted

~~Classification~~Changes ofto ~~certain~~GAAP ~~tax~~are ~~effects~~established ~~from~~by ~~AOCI: In February 2018,~~ the Financial Accounting Standards Board (~~the~~ "FASB") ~~issued~~in ~~amended guidance on reclassifying~~ the ~~stranded~~form ~~tax~~of ~~effects~~Accounting ~~from~~Standards ~~the~~Updates ~~U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act~~ (~~the~~ "~~TCJA~~ASUs") ~~from AOCI~~ to ~~retained~~the ~~earnings.~~FASB ~~During~~Accounting ~~2018,~~Standards ~~the~~Codification. The Company ~~adopted~~considers the ~~new~~applicability ~~guidance~~ and ~~reclassified $(0.4) million from AOCI to retained earnings, with no~~ impact ~~on net income or total stockholders' equity. Accounting standards require the effect~~ of aall change in tax laws or rates on deferred tax liabilities or assets be included in net income in the reporting period that includes the enactment date, even though the related income tax effects may have been originally charged or credited to AOCIASUs. The ~~amounts~~following ~~reclassified~~tables ~~relate~~provide toa ~~the~~description ~~difference between the original tax effect~~ of ~~items~~ASUs ~~included~~recently inissued ~~other~~by ~~comprehensive~~the ~~income,~~FASB ~~such as unrealized gains or losses on securities~~ and the ~~revised~~impact ~~tax~~of ~~effects~~their ~~from~~adoption the TCJA. We use a portfolio approach to release the stranded or disproportionate income tax effects in AOCI related to our available for sale securities. When the underlying portfolios are sold, mature, or are otherwise impaired on ~~an other-than-temporary basis,~~ the ~~assigned~~Company's ~~portion~~financial ~~of the disproportionate tax effect is reclassified from AOCI to income from continuing operations~~statements.

Measurement of credit losses on financial instruments held at amortized cost (“CECL”): In June 2016, the FASB issued amended guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost and available for sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost, the amended guidance eliminates the probable recognition threshold and instead requires an entity to reflect the current estimate of all expected credit losses. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses are measured in a manner similar to accounting requirements in effect prior to adoption; however, the amended guidance requires that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a permanent impairment. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, premium receivables, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020. Refer to Note 3 for additional information.52

~~Recent~~Table ~~Accounting~~of ~~Pronouncements — Not Yet Adopted~~ Contents

~~Targeted~~Adopted ~~improvements~~Accounting to the accounting for long-duration contracts: In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance that provides targeted improvements to the accounting for long-duration contracts. The guidance includes the following primary changes: assumptions supporting benefit reserves will no longer be locked-in but must be updated at least annually with the impact of changes to the liability reflected in earnings (except for discount rates); the discount rate assumptions will be based on upper-medium grade (low credit risk) fixed-income instrument yield instead of the earnings rate of invested assets; the discount rate must be evaluated at each reporting date and the impact of changes to the liability estimate as a result of Pronouncements

67The table below describes the impacts of the ASUs adopted by the Company, effective January 1, 2023:

updating the discount rate assumption is required to be recognized in other comprehensive income; the provision for adverse deviation is eliminated; and premium deficiency testing is eliminated. Other noteworthy changes include the following: differing models for amortizing deferred acquisition costs will become uniform for all long-duration contracts based on a constant rate over the expected term of the related in force contracts; all market risk benefits associated with deposit contracts must be reported at fair value with changes reflected in income except for changes related to credit risk which will be recognized in other comprehensive income; and disclosures will be expanded to include disaggregated roll forwards of the liability for future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities, and deferred acquisition costs, as well as information about significant inputs, judgments, assumptions and methods used in measurement.


Standard	Summary of the Standard	Effective date Method of Adoption	Impact of the Standard on the Company's Financial Statements
ASU 2018-12, Financial Services—Insurance (Topic 944): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long- Duration Contracts, as amended by ASU 2019-09, Financial Services—Insurance (Topic 944): Effective Date, as amended by ASU 2020-11, Financial Services—Insurance (Topic 944): Effective Date and Early Application and as amended by ASU 2022-05, Financial services— Insurance (Topic 944): Transition for Sold Contracts	The guidance includes the following primary changes: assumptions supporting liabilities for future policy benefits and expenses will no longer be locked-in but must be updated at least annually with the impact of changes to the liability reflected in earnings (except for discount rates); the discount rate assumptions will be based on upper-medium grade (low credit risk) fixed-income instrument yield instead of the earnings rate of invested assets; the discount rate must be evaluated at each reporting date and the impact of changes to the liability estimate as a result of updating the discount rate assumption is required to be recognized in other comprehensive income; the provision for adverse deviation is eliminated; and premium deficiency testing is eliminated. Other noteworthy changes include the following: differing models for amortizing deferred acquisition costs will become uniform for all long-duration contracts based on a constant rate over the expected term of the related in-force contracts; all market risk benefits associated with deposit contracts must be reported at fair value with changes reflected in income except for changes related to credit risk which will be recognized in other comprehensive income: and disclosures will be expanded to include disaggregated roll forwards of the liability for future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities, and deferred acquisition costs, as well as information about significant inputs, judgments, assumptions and methods used in measurement. In December 2022, the FASB issued guidance to provide entities an accounting policy election to not apply the accounting guidance to contracts or legal entities sold and derecognized before the effective date when the entity has no significant continuing involvement with them. The election may be applied on a transaction-by-transaction basis.	January 1, 2023, to be applied retrospectively or modified retrospectively to January 1, 2021 (with early adoption permitted)	The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2023 using the modified retrospective method on liabilities for future policy benefits and expenses to January 1, 2021 for long-term care insurance contracts that have been fully reinsured. The adoption of this standard along with the amended guidance on transition has no impact on equity or net income on the long-term care contracts as they are fully reinsured with third party reinsurers. However, disclosure along with a rollforward table on a gross basis on the long-term care business is presented in Note 10.

~~The~~Future ~~guidance~~Adoption ~~is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. Generally, the amendments are applied retrospectively as~~ of ~~the~~Accounting ~~beginning~~Pronouncements ~~of the earliest period presented with two transition options available for changing the assumptions.~~

~~This~~ASUs ~~guidance~~not ~~will~~listed ~~apply~~below towere ~~the~~assessed ~~Company's~~and ~~long~~either ~~duration~~determined ~~products~~to ~~that~~be not applicable or are ~~subject~~not expected to ~~reinsurance~~have a material impact on the Company's financial statements or ~~coinsurance~~disclosures. ~~The~~ASUs ~~Company~~issued isbut ~~evaluating~~not ~~the~~yet ~~requirements~~adopted as of ~~this~~December ~~guidance~~31, 2023, that are currently being assessed and ~~the~~may ~~potential~~or may not have a material impact on the Company's financial ~~position~~statements ~~and~~or ~~results~~disclosures ofare ~~operations~~included.

Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes: In December 2019, the FASB issued new guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and also simplification of areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. The standard will be effective for our annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect any material impact on its financial position and results of operations upon adoption in 2021.


Standard	Summary of the Standard	Effective date Method of Adoption	Impact of the Standard on the Company's Financial Statements
ASU 2023-09 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures	The guidance improves the transparency of income tax disclosures by requiring (1) consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the rate reconciliation and (2) income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. It also includes certain other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures.	January 1, 2025 (with early adoption permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance).	The Company is assessing when the standard will be adopted. The amended guidance has no impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and will have an insignificant impact on the Company’s income taxes disclosures.

~~Facilitation~~3. ofALLOWANCE ~~the~~FOR ~~Effects~~CREDIT of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting: In March 2020, the FASB issued guidance which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued.LOSSES

The ~~relief~~total isallowance ~~applicable~~for ~~only~~credit tolosses ~~legacy~~is ~~contracts~~entirely ifrelated ~~the amendments made~~ to ~~the~~reinsurance ~~agreements~~recoverables ~~are~~and ~~solely~~was ~~for reference rate reform activities~~$0.3 ~~The~~million ~~provisions~~and ~~must be applied consistently for all relevant transactions other than derivatives, which may be applied at a hedging relationship level~~$0.5 ~~The~~million ~~guidance~~as ~~is effective upon issuance. The guidance on contract modifications is applied prospectively from any date on or after March 12, 2020. The provisions~~ of ~~this update are only available until~~ December 31, 2023 and 2022, ~~when the reference rate replacement activity is expected to have been completed~~respectively.

For Asthe ~~certain~~year ~~published~~ended ~~LIBOR periods are expected to be discontinued on or after~~ December 31, ~~2021~~2023, the ~~Company~~net isdecrease ~~evaluating~~in the ~~provisions~~allowance offor ~~this~~credit ~~new~~losses ~~accounting~~that ~~guidance~~increased ~~and~~pre-tax ~~the~~income ~~impact~~was to$0.2 ~~debt~~million, ~~investments~~which ~~and~~is ~~derivatives~~included ~~that~~in ~~have~~underwriting, ~~references~~general ~~to LIBOR~~ and ~~the~~administrative ~~subsequent transition to alternative reference rates~~expenses.

3. Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company adopted the expected credit loss standard using a modified retrospective method for all financial assets measured at amortized cost. Results for the reporting periods beginning January 1, 2020 and after are presented under such method while prior period amounts are reported in accordance with previous applicable GAAP. The Company recorded a decrease of $0.2 million to retained earnings, net of tax, as of January 1, 2020 for the cumulative impact of adoption.

The following table illustrates the impact of adoption:

	As of January 1, 2020
	Prior to adoption		As reported on adoption		Impact of adoption
Financial assets, at amortized cost:
Reinsurance recoverables	$	418.2	$	417.9	$	(0.3)
Total	$	418.2	$	417.9	$	(0.3)
Tax effect					$	0.1
Cumulative effect of adoption					$	(0.2)

The total allowance for credit losses for the financial assets was $0.4 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2020, and January 1, 2020 (date of adoption), respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the net increase in the allowance for credit losses that reduced pre-tax income was $0.1 million which is included in underwriting, general and administrative expenses.

Reinsurance Recoverables

As part of the Company’s overall risk and capacity management strategy, reinsurance is used to mitigate ~~certain~~all risks underwritten by ~~various~~the ~~business segments~~Company. The Company is exposed to the credit risk of reinsurers, as the Company remains liable to insureds regardless of whether related reinsurance recoverables are collected. As of December 31, ~~2020~~2023 and ~~2019~~2022, reinsurance recoverables totaled $~~423~~437.63 million and $~~418~~452.27 million, respectively, the majority of which are protected from credit risk by various types of collateral or other risk mitigation mechanisms, such as trusts, and letters of credit or by withholding the assets in a modified coinsurance or funds withheld arrangement.

The Company utilizes external credit ratings published by S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., at the balance sheet date when determining the allowance. Where rates are not available, the Company assigns default credit ratings based on if the reinsurer is authorized or unauthorized. Of the total recoverables subject to the allowance, 100% were rated A- or better.53

~~The~~Table ~~following~~of ~~table presents the changes in the CECL allowance for reinsurance recoverables for the year ended December 31, 2020.~~Contents

	Total
Balance, December 31, 2019	$	—
Cumulative effect of adoption	0.3
Incremental allowance	0.1
Balance, December 31, 2020	$	0.4

~~For~~The ~~the~~following ~~year~~table ~~ended~~presents ~~December 31, 2020,~~ the ~~incremental~~changes ~~allowance~~in ~~of $0.1 million was principally due to~~ the ~~reduction of anticipated recoveries upon default following the recent economic impact related to COVID-19. When determining the~~ allowance atfor ~~December 31, 2020, the Company did not increase default probabilities by reinsurer since there had been no~~ credit ~~rating~~losses ~~downgrades~~for orreinsurance ~~major~~recoverables ~~negative~~for ~~credit indications of~~ the ~~Company’s reinsurers that has impacted the ratings. The allowance may be increased and income reduced in future~~ periods ~~if there are future ratings downgrades or other measurable information supporting an increase in reinsurer default probabilities, including, but not limited to, collateral reductions.~~indicated:


	Total
Balance, December 31, 2021	$	0.3

Current period change for credit losses	0.2
Balance, December 31, 2022	0.5
Current period change for credit losses	$	(0.2)
Balance, December 31, 2023	$	0.3

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the current period change for credit losses was $(0.2) million, primarily due to an increase in collateral held as security under the reinsurance agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the current period change for credit losses was $0.2 million. When determining the allowances as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not increase default probabilities by reinsurer since there had been no credit rating downgrades or major negative credit indications of the Company's reinsurers that has impacted rating. The allowance may be increased and income reduced in future periods if there are future ratings downgrades or other measurable information supporting an increase in reinsurer default probabilities, including collateral reductions.

Table of Contents

4. INVESTMENTS

The following tables show the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of the Company's fixed maturity securities as of the dates indicated:

	December 31, 2020
	December 31, 2023
	Cost orAmortizedCost		GrossUnrealizedGains		GrossUnrealizedLosses		Fair Value
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities	$	01.9	$	—	$	—(0.1)	$	01.98
States, municipalities and political subdivisions	2.0.5		~~0.1~~—		—		20.15
Foreign governments	0.32		~~0.1~~—		—		0.42
Residential mortgage-backed	1.1		0.1		—		1.2
Asset backed securities	0.1		—		—		0.1
Commercial mortgage-backed	0.7		—		—		0.7
Residential mortgage-backed	4.8		—		(0.7)		4.1
U.S. corporate	272.01		3.0.1		—		302.02
Foreign corporate	60.4		~~0.9~~—		—		70.34
Total fixed maturity securities	$	3810.40	$	40.21	$	—(0.8)	$	429.63
	December 31, 2019
	December 31, 2022
	Cost orAmortizedCost		GrossUnrealizedGains		GrossUnrealizedLosses		Fair Value
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities	$	01.89	$	~~0.1~~—	$	—(0.2)	$	01.97
States, municipalities and political subdivisions	30.15		~~0.1~~—		—		30.25
Foreign governments	0.3		~~0.1~~—		—		0.43
Residential mortgage-backed	25.03		~~0.1~~—		—(0.8)		24.15
U.S. corporate	291.89		~~2.1~~—		—		311.9
Foreign corporate	70.43		~~0.8~~—		—		80.23
Total fixed maturity securities	$	4310.42	$	~~3.3~~—	$	—(1.0)	$	469.72

The ~~Company's~~cost ~~state, municipality and political subdivision holdings are highly diversified across the United States, with no individual state, municipality~~ or ~~political~~amortized ~~subdivision~~cost ~~exposure (including both general obligation~~ and ~~revenue~~fair ~~securities)~~value ~~exceeding 3%~~ of ~~the~~fixed ~~overall~~maturity ~~investment~~securities ~~portfolio~~at ~~as of~~ December 31, ~~2020~~2023 ~~and 2019. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the securities include general obligation and revenue bonds issued~~ by ~~states,~~contractual ~~cities, counties, school districts and similar issuers, including $0.5 million of advance refunded or escrowed-to-~~maturity ~~bonds (collectively referred to as "pre-refunded bonds"), which~~ are ~~bonds~~shown ~~for which an irrevocable trust has been established to fund the remaining payments of principal and interest~~below. AsActual ofmaturities ~~December~~may ~~31,~~differ ~~2020~~from ~~and~~contractual ~~2019,~~maturities ~~revenue~~because ~~bonds~~issuers ~~account for 76% and 84%,~~ of the ~~holdings,~~securities ~~respectively.~~may ~~Excluding~~have ~~pre-refunded revenue bonds,~~ the ~~activities~~right ~~supporting~~to ~~the~~call ~~income~~or ~~streams~~prepay ofobligations ~~the~~with ~~Company's~~or ~~revenue~~without ~~bonds~~call ~~are~~or ~~across~~prepayment ~~a broad range of sectors, primarily water and specifically pledged tax revenues~~penalties.

The Company had European investment exposure in its corporate fixed maturity securities of $5.1 million with a net unrealized gain of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and $6.0 million with a net unrealized gain of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2019. The Company's largest European country exposure (the United Kingdom) represented approximately 10% and 11% of the fair value of the Company's corporate fixed maturity securities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company's international investments are managed as part of the overall portfolio with the same approach to risk management and focus on diversification.


	December 31, 2023
	Cost or Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	2.0	$	2.0
Due after one year through five years	1.8		1.7
Due after five years through ten years	1.3		1.4
Due after ten years	—		—
Total	5.1		5.1

Asset backed securities	0.1		0.1
Residential mortgage-backed	4.8		4.1

Total	$	10.0	$	9.3

The Company had exposure to the energy sector in its corporate fixed maturity securities of $3.7 million with a net unrealized gain of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and $3.8 million with a net unrealized gain of $0.3 million as of December 31, 2019. 100% of the energy exposure is rated as investment grade as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.55

~~The~~Table ~~cost or amortized cost and fair value~~ of fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2020 by contractual maturity are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.Contents

	December 31, 2020
	Cost orAmortizedCost		FairValue
Due in one year or less	$	8.0	$	8.0
Due after one year through five years	17.9		19.2
Due after five years through ten years	8.4		10.1
Due after ten years	2.3		3.4
Total	36.6		40.7
Residential mortgage-backed	1.1		1.2
Commercial mortgage-backed	0.7		0.7
Total	$	38.4	$	42.6

The following table shows the major categories of net investment income for the periods indicated:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	2023		2022		2021
Fixed maturity securities	$	10.73	$	1.93	$	21.04
Other	—		0.1		0.1
Short term investments	0.1		—		—
Total investment income	10.74		21.03		2.1.4
Investment expenses	~~(0.1)~~—		~~(0.1)~~—		(0.1)
Net investment income	$	10.64	$	1.93	$	21.03

No material investments of the Company were non-income producing for the years ended December 31, ~~2020~~2023, ~~2019~~2022 and ~~2018~~2021.

The following table summarizes the proceeds from sales of available-for-sale fixed maturities and the gross realized gains and gross realized losses that have been recognized in the statement of operations as a result of those sales for the periods indicated:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	2023		2022		2021
Proceeds from sales	$	~~0.5~~—	$	1129.64	$	149.71
Gross realized gains	~~0.1~~—		—0.7		0.12
Gross realized losses	—		—(1.8)		~~(0.3)~~—
Net realized gains (losses) from sales of fixed maturity securities	$	~~0.1~~—	$	—(1.1)	$	(0.2)

The ~~Company~~following ~~had~~table ~~fixed~~sets ~~maturity~~forth ~~securities~~the ofnet ~~$0.9~~realized asgains of(losses) ~~December~~recognized ~~31,~~in ~~2020~~the ~~and~~statement ~~2019,~~of ~~respectively,~~operations onfor ~~deposit~~the ~~with~~periods ~~various governmental authorities as required by law.~~indicated:


	Years Ended December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Net realized gains (losses) related to sales:
Net realized gains (losses) from sales of fixed maturity securities	$	—	$	(1.1)	$	0.2

The Company had fixed maturity securities of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, on deposit with various governmental authorities as required by law.

5. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

Fair Values, Inputs and Valuation Techniques for Financial Assets and Liabilities Disclosures

The fair value measurements and disclosure guidance defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company has categorized its recurring fair value basis financial assets and liabilities into a three-level fair value hierarchy based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique.

The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and takes into account factors specific to the asset or liability.

The levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

• Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company can access.

Table of Contents

• Level 2 inputs utilize other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable in the marketplace for the asset or liability. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value for the asset or liability.

• Level 3 inputs are unobservable but are significant to the fair value measurement for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company reviews fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification of levels for certain securities within the fair value hierarchy.

The following tables present the Company's fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, ~~2020~~2023 and ~~2019~~2022. The amounts presented below for cash equivalents and assets held in and liabilities related to separate accounts differ from the amounts presented in the balance sheet because only certain investments or certain assets and liabilities within these line items are measured at estimated fair value. The fair value amount and the majority of the associated levels presented for assets and liabilities held in separate accounts are received directly from third parties.

	December 31, 2020
	December 31, 2023
	Total		Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Financial Assets
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities	$	01.98	$	—		$	01.98		$	—
States, municipalities and political subdivisions	20.15		—			20.15			—
Foreign governments	0.42		—			0.42			—
Commercial mortgage-backed	0.7		—			0.7			—
Asset-backed	0.1		—			0.1			—
Residential mortgage-backed	14.21		—			14.21			—
U.S. Corporate	30.0		—			30.0			—
U.S. corporate	2.2		—			2.2			—
Foreign Corporate	7.3		—			7.3			—
Foreign corporate	0.4		—			0.4			—
Short-term investments	41.26		41.26		(1)	—			—
Cash equivalents	0.27		0.27		(1)	—			—
Assets held in separate accounts	1110.52		6.80		(2)	4.72		(3)	—
Total financial assets	$	5821.58	$	118.23		$	4713.35		$	—
Financial Liabilities
Liabilities related to separate accounts	$	1110.52	$	6.80	(2)	$	4.72	(3)	$	—

7257

	December 31, 2019
	Total		Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Financial Assets
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and governmentagencies and authorities	$	0.9	$	—		$	0.9		$	—
States, municipalities and political subdivisions	3.2		—			3.2			—
Foreign governments	0.4		—			0.4			—
Residential mortgage-backed	2.1		—			2.1			—
U.S. Corporate	31.9		—			31.9			—
Foreign Corporate	8.2		—			8.2			—
Short-term investments	0.5		0.5		(1)	—			—
Cash equivalents	0.3		0.3		(1)	—			—
Assets held in separate accounts	10.7		7.4		(2)	3.3		(3)	—
Total financial assets	$	58.2	$	8.2		$	50.0		$	—
Financial Liabilities
Liabilities related to separate accounts	$	10.7	$	7.4	(2)	$	3.3	(3)	$	—

Table of Contents


	December 31, 2022
	Total		Level 1			Level 2			Level 3
Financial Assets
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. government and government agencies and authorities	$	1.8	$	—		$	1.8		$	—
States, municipalities and political subdivisions	0.5		—			0.5			—
Foreign governments	0.2		—			0.2			—


Residential mortgage-backed	4.5		—			4.5			—
U.S. corporate	1.9		—			1.9			—
Foreign corporate	0.3		—			0.3			—
Short-term investments	1.6		1.6		(1)	—			—
Cash equivalents	0.1		0.1		(1)	—			—
Assets held in separate accounts	10.1		4.8		(2)	5.3		(3)	—
Total financial assets	$	21.0	$	6.5		$	14.5		$	—
Financial Liabilities
Liabilities related to separate accounts	$	10.1	$	4.8	(2)	$	5.3	(3)	$	—

(1) Primarily includes money market funds.

(2) Primarily includes mutual funds and related obligations.

(3) Primarily includes fixed maturity securities and related obligations.

~~The~~Three ~~Company~~different ~~held~~valuation notechniques ~~level~~can 3be used in determining fair value for financial assets orand liabilities: ~~during~~ the ~~year~~market, ~~ended~~income ~~December~~or ~~31,~~cost ~~2020~~approaches. The ~~following~~three ~~table~~valuation ~~summarizes~~techniques ~~the~~described ~~change~~ in ~~balance~~the ~~sheet~~fair ~~carrying~~ value ~~associated~~measurements ~~with~~and ~~Level~~disclosures 3guidance ~~financial~~are ~~assets~~consistent ~~carried~~with atgenerally ~~fair~~accepted ~~value~~valuation ~~during~~methodologies. ~~the year ended December 31, 2019:~~

	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Balance, beginning of period		Purchases		Sales		Transfers in (1)		Transfers out (1)		Balance, end of period
Fixed maturity securities:
U.S. Corporate	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.2	$	(0.2)	$	—
Total level 3 assets	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	0.2	$	(0.2)	$	—

The market approach valuation techniques use prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. When possible, quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets are used as of the period-end date (such as for mutual funds and money market funds). Otherwise, the Company uses valuation techniques consistent with the market approach including matrix pricing and comparables. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique employed principally to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for those securities but, rather, relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Market approach valuation techniques often use market multiples derived from a set of comparables. Multiples might lie in ranges with a different multiple for each comparable. The selection of where within the range the appropriate multiple falls requires judgment, considering both qualitative and quantitative factors specific to the measurement.

(1) Transfers are primarily attributable to changes in the availability of observable market information and re-evaluation of the observability of valuation inputs.

Three different valuation techniques can be used in determining fair value for financial assets and liabilities: the market, income or cost approaches. The three valuation techniques described in the fair value measurements and disclosures guidance are consistent with generally accepted valuation methodologies. The market approach valuation techniques use prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. When possible, quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets are used as of the period-end date (such as for mutual funds and money market funds). Otherwise, the Company uses valuation techniques consistent with the market approach including matrix pricing and comparables. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique employed principally to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for those securities but, rather, relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Market approach valuation techniques often use market multiples derived from a set of comparables. Multiples might lie in ranges with a different multiple for each comparable. The selection of where within the range the appropriate multiple falls requires judgment, considering both qualitative and quantitative factors specific to the measurement.

Income approach valuation techniques convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount, or a discounted amount. These techniques rely on current market expectations of future amounts as of the period-end date.

Cost approach valuation techniques are based upon the amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset at the period-end date, or the current replacement cost. That is, from the perspective of a market participant (seller), the price that would be received for the asset is determined based on the cost to a market participant (buyer) to acquire or construct a substitute asset of comparable utility, adjusted for obsolescence.

73While not all three approaches are applicable to all financial assets or liabilities, where appropriate, the Company may use one or more valuation techniques. For all the classes of financial assets and liabilities included in the above hierarchy, the Company generally uses the market valuation technique.

the price that would be received for the asset is determined based on the cost to a market participant (buyer) to acquire or construct a substitute asset of comparable utility, adjusted for obsolescence.

While not all three approaches are applicable to all financial assets or liabilities, where appropriate, the Company may use one or more valuation techniques. For all the classes of financial assets and liabilities included in the above hierarchy, the Company generally uses the market valuation technique. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the application of the valuation technique applied to the Company's classes of financial assets and liabilities has been consistent.

Level 1 Securities

The Company's investments and liabilities classified as Level 1 as of December 31, ~~2020~~2023 and ~~2019~~2022, consisted of mutual funds and related obligations and money market funds that are publicly listed and/or actively traded in an established market.

Level 2 Securities

The Company values Level 2 securities using various observable market inputs obtained from a pricing service. ~~The~~or ~~pricing~~asset ~~service~~manager. ~~prepares~~They prepare estimates of fair value measurements for the Company’s Level 2 securities using proprietary valuation models based on techniques such as matrix pricing which include observable market inputs. The fair value measurements and disclosures guidance defines observable market inputs as the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. The extent of the use of each observable market input for a security depends on the type of security and the market conditions at the balance sheet date. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or additional inputs may be necessary. The Company uses the following observable market inputs (“standard inputs”), listed in the approximate order of priority, in the pricing evaluation of Level 2 securities: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research data. Further details for level 2 investment types follow:

Table of Contents

use in pricing the asset or liability developed on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. The extent of the use of each observable market input for a security depends on the type of security and the market conditions at the balance sheet date. Depending on the security, the priority of the use of observable market inputs may change as some observable market inputs may not be relevant or additional inputs may be necessary. The Company uses the following observable market inputs (“standard inputs”), listed in the approximate order of priority, in the pricing evaluation of Level 2 securities: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research data. Further details for level 2 investment types follow:

U.S. government and government agencies and authorities: U.S. government and government agencies and authorities securities are priced by the Company's pricing service utilizing standard inputs. Included in this category are U.S. Treasury securities which are priced using vendor trading platform data in addition to the standard inputs.

States, municipalities and political subdivisions: States, municipalities and political subdivisions securities are priced by the Company's pricing service using material event notices and new issue data inputs in addition to the standard inputs.

Foreign governments: Foreign government securities are priced by the Company's pricing service using standard inputs. The pricing service also evaluates each security based on relevant market information including relevant credit information, perceived market movements and sector news.

~~Commercial~~Residential mortgage-backed and ~~residential mortgage-backed and~~ asset-backed: ~~Commercial~~Residential mortgage-backed and ~~residential mortgage~~asset-backed securities are priced by the Company's pricing service and asset managers using monthly payment information and collateral performance information in addition to the standard inputs. Additionally, ~~commercial mortgage~~asset-backed securities utilize new issue data while residential mortgage-backed securities utilize vendor trading platform data.

U.S. and foreign corporate: Corporate securities are priced by the Company's pricing service using standard inputs. Non-investment grade securities within this category are priced by the Company's pricing service and asset managers using observations of equity and credit default swap curves related to the issuer in addition to the standard inputs.

Short-term investments, cash equivalents, and assets held in separate accounts and liabilities related to separate accounts: To price the fixed maturity securities and related obligations in these categories, the pricing service utilizes the standard inputs.

Valuation models used by the pricing service can change from period to period, depending on the appropriate observable inputs that are available at the balance sheet date to price a security.

Management evaluates the following factors in order to determine whether the market for a financial asset is inactive. The factors include~~, but are not limited to~~:

• whether there are few recent transactions,

• whether little information is released publicly,

• whether the available prices vary significantly over time or among market participants,

• whether the prices are stale (i.e., not current), and

• the magnitude of the bid-ask spread.

74Illiquidity did not have a material impact in the fair value determination of the Company's financial assets as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

~~Illiquidity~~The ~~did~~Company ~~not~~generally ~~have~~obtains one price for each financial asset. The Company performs a ~~material~~periodic ~~impact~~analysis into assess if the evaluated prices represent a reasonable estimate of the financial assets' fair ~~value~~values. ~~determination~~This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include initial and on-going review of pricing service methodologies, review of the prices received from the pricing service, review of pricing statistics and trends, and comparison of prices for certain securities with two different appropriate price sources for reasonableness. Following this analysis, the Company's ~~financial~~generally ~~assets~~uses asthe best estimate of ~~December~~fair 31value based upon all available inputs. On infrequent occasions, ~~2020~~a ornon-pricing ~~2019~~service source may be more familiar with the market activity for a particular security than the pricing service. In these cases, the price used is taken from the non-pricing service source. The pricing service provides information to indicate which securities were priced using market observable inputs so that the Company can properly categorize the Company's assets in the fair value hierarchy.

The Company generally obtains one price for each financial asset. The Company performs a periodic analysis to assess if the evaluated prices represent a reasonable estimate of the financial assets' fair values. This process involves quantitative and qualitative analysis and is overseen by investment and accounting professionals. Examples of procedures performed include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of pricing service methodologies, review of the prices received from the pricing service, review of pricing statistics and trends, and comparison of prices for certain securities with two different appropriate price sources for reasonableness. Following this analysis, the Company generally uses the best estimate of fair value based upon all available inputs. On infrequent occasions, a non-pricing service source may be more familiar with the market activity for a particular security than the pricing service. In these cases, the price used is taken from the non-pricing service source. The pricing service provides information to indicate which securities were priced using market observable inputs so that the Company can properly categorize the Company's assets in the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Disclosures

The financial instruments guidance requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, for which it is practicable to estimate such fair value. Therefore, it requires fair value disclosure for financial instruments that are not ~~recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheet. However, this guidance excludes certain financial instruments, including those related to insurance contracts.~~

Table of Contents

recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheet. However, this guidance excludes certain financial instruments, including those related to insurance contracts.

For the financial instruments included within the following financial assets and financial liabilities, the carrying value in the balance sheet equals or approximates fair value. Please refer to the Fair Value Inputs and Valuation Techniques for Financial Assets and Liabilities Disclosures section above for additional information on the financial instruments included within the following financial assets and financial liabilities and the methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value:

• Cash and cash equivalents;

• Fixed maturity securities;

• Equity securities;

• Short-term investments;

• Assets held in separate accounts; and

• Liabilities related to separate accounts.

In estimating the fair value of the financial instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheet, the Company used the following methods and assumptions:

Policy reserves under investment products: the fair values for the Company's policy reserves under investment products are determined using discounted cash flow analysis. Key inputs to the valuation include projections of policy cash flows, reserve run-off, market yields and risk margins.

The following tables disclose the carrying value, fair value ~~amount~~ and hierarchy level of the financial instruments that are not recognized or are not carried at fair value in the balance sheet as of the dates indicated:

	December 31, 2020
	December 31, 2023
			Fair Value
	CarryingValue		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Policy reserves under investment products (Individual and group annuities, subject to discretionary withdrawal) (1)	$	54.28	$	6.5.3	$	—	$	—	$	6.5.3


	December 31, 2022
			Fair Value
	Carrying Value		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Policy reserves under investment products (Individual and group annuities, subject to discretionary withdrawal) (1)	$	4.9	$	5.1	$	—	$	—	$	5.1

	December 31, 2019
			Fair Value
	CarryingValue		Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial Liabilities
Policy reserves under investment products (Individual and group annuities, subject to discretionary withdrawal) (1)	$	5.3	$	6.3	$	—	$	—	$	6.3

(1) Only the fair value of the Company's policy reserves for investment-type contracts (those without significant mortality or morbidity risk) are reflected in the table above.

6. INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to U.S. tax and files a U.S. consolidated federal income tax return with its Parent. All of the Company’s income comes from domestic sources. The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows for the periods indicated:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
	2023		2022		2021
Current income tax expense	$	0.4	$	0.4	$	0.3
Current expense	$	(0.2)	$	0.3	$	0.3
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	(0.2)		(0.1)		0.1
Deferred expense (benefit)	0.2		(0.5)		—
Total income tax expense	$	~~0.2~~—	$	(0.32)	$	0.43

~~A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company's effective income tax rate follows for the periods indicated:~~60

	December 31,
	2020		2019		2018
Federal income tax rate:	21.0	%	21.0	%	21.0	%
Reconciling items:
Tax exempt interest	(3.8)		(2.9)		(2.6)
Dividend received deduction	(0.4)		(0.1)		(0.1)
Other	(0.2)		(0.3)		(0.4)
Effective income tax rate:	16.6	%	17.7	%	17.9	%

Table of Contents

~~The~~A ~~Company~~reconciliation ~~had~~of nothe ~~liability~~federal ~~for~~income ~~unrecognized~~ tax ~~benefits~~rate asto ~~of and for each of~~ the ~~years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.The~~ Company's ~~does~~effective ~~not~~income ~~anticipate any significant increase in the unrecognized~~ tax ~~benefit~~rate ~~within the next 12 months.~~ follows:

The Parent files its consolidated income tax returns in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. The Parent has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2015. Substantially all state and local income tax matters have been concluded for the years through 2012.


	December 31,
	2023		2022		2021
Federal income tax rate:	21.0	%	21.0	%	21.0	%
Reconciling items:
Tax exempt interest	(2.5)		0.6		(1.3)
Dividend received deduction	(2.1)		0.5		(0.3)




Other	(0.8)		(0.3)		—
Effective income tax rate:	15.6	%	21.8	%	19.4	%

The Company had no liability for unrecognized tax ~~effects~~benefits as of ~~temporary~~and ~~differences~~for ~~that~~each ~~result~~of inthe ~~deferred~~years ~~tax~~ended ~~assets~~December 31, 2023, 2022, and ~~deferred~~2021.The ~~tax~~Company ~~liabilities~~does ~~are~~not asanticipate ~~follows~~any assignificant ofincrease in the ~~dates~~unrecognized ~~indicated:~~tax benefit within the next 12 months.

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Deferred tax assets
Deferred acquisition costs	$	1.3	$	1.2
Deferred gain on disposal of business	0.2		0.3
Investments, net	0.1		0.1
Other	0.3		0.2
Total deferred tax assets	1.9		1.8
Deferred tax liabilities
Net unrealized appreciation on securities	(0.9)		(0.7)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(0.9)		(0.7)
Net deferred income tax assets	$	1.0	$	1.1

The Parent files its consolidated income tax returns in the U.S. and various state jurisdictions. The Parent has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2015.

76The tax effects of temporary differences that result in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

The calculation of the valuation allowance is made at the consolidated return group level and analyzed at the separate company level. No valuation allowance has been recorded because it is management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that the gross deferred tax assets in the table above will be realized.


	December 31,
	2023		2022
Deferred tax assets
Deferred acquisition costs	$	1.6	$	1.6
Deferred gain on disposal of business	0.1		0.1
Investments, net	0.2		0.3
Net unrealized appreciation on securities	0.2		0.2
Other	0.2		0.3
Total deferred tax assets	2.3		2.5

Deferred tax liabilities
Net unrealized appreciation on securities	—		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	—		—
Net deferred income tax assets	$	2.3	$	2.5

The ~~Company’s~~calculation ~~ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on its ability to generate sufficient taxable income~~ of the ~~same~~valuation ~~character~~allowance ~~within~~is ~~the~~made ~~carryback~~at ~~or carryforward periods. In assessing future taxable income,~~ the ~~Company~~consolidated ~~considered~~return ~~all~~group ~~sources~~level. ofNo ~~taxable~~cumulative ~~income~~valuation ~~available~~allowance tohas ~~realize~~been ~~its~~recorded ~~deferred~~because ~~tax~~it ~~asset,~~is including the future reversal of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, taxable income in carryback years and tax-planning strategies. If changes occur in the assumptions underlying the Companymanagement’s ~~tax~~assessment ~~planning~~that ~~strategies~~it oris inmore ~~the~~likely ~~scheduling~~than ofnot ~~the~~that ~~reversal of~~ the ~~Company’s~~gross deferred tax ~~liabilities,~~assets ain ~~valuation~~the ~~allowance~~table ~~may~~above ~~need~~will to be ~~recorded in the future~~realized.

AtThe ~~December~~Company’s ~~31,~~ability ~~2020~~to realize deferred tax assets depends on its ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the same character within the carryback or carryforward periods. In assessing future taxable income, the Company ~~had~~considered noall ~~net~~sources ~~operating~~of ~~loss,~~taxable ~~capital~~income ~~loss~~available orto realize its deferred tax ~~credit~~asset, including the future reversal of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards, ~~for~~taxable Uincome in carryback years and tax-planning strategies.S. ~~federal~~If ~~income~~changes occur in the assumptions underlying the Company’s tax-planning ~~purposes~~strategies or in the scheduling of the reversal of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities, a valuation allowance may need to be recorded in the future.

At December 31, 2023, the Company had no net operating loss, capital loss or tax credit carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

7. STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized 100,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $20 per share. All shares are issued and outstanding as of December 31, ~~2020~~2023 and ~~2019~~2022 and are owned by the Parent (see Note 1 to the Financial Statements). The Company paid cash dividends to its Parent of $20.40 million, $41.7 million, and $61.02 million during the years ended December 31, ~~2020~~2023, ~~2019~~2022 and ~~2018~~2021, respectively. InThe ~~2020,~~Company ~~the~~paid ~~Parent extinguished~~ an ~~$200000.0~~extraordinary ~~million~~dividend, ~~substantive~~which ~~debt that~~ was ~~owed by the Company which resulted in a non-cash capital increase within additional paid in capital.~~

Table of Contents

treated as a return of capital of $28.9 million, of which $28.3 million was non-cash during the year ended December 31, 2022.

The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid by State of New York insurance companies to shareholders without prior approval of the New York Department of Financial Services is subject to restrictions relating to statutory surplus (see as described in Note 8 to the Financial Statements).

8. STATUTORY INFORMATION

The Company prepares an Annual Statement on the basis of statutory accounting principles (“SAP”) prescribed or permitted by the New York State Department of Commerce. Prescribed SAP includes the Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) as well as state laws, regulations and administrative rules.

The principal differences between SAP and GAAP are: 1) policy acquisition costs are expensed as incurred under SAP, but are deferred and amortized under GAAP; 2) ~~the value of business acquired is not capitalized under SAP but is under GAAP; 3)~~ amounts collected from holders of universal life-type and annuity products are recognized as premiums when collected under SAP, but are initially recorded as contract deposits under GAAP, with cost of insurance recognized as revenue when assessed and other contract charges recognized over the periods for which services are provided; 43) the classification and carrying amounts of investments in certain securities are different under SAP than under GAAP; 54) the criteria for providing asset valuation allowances, and the methodologies used to determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP; 65) the timing of establishing certain reserves, and the methodologies used to determine the amounts thereof, are different under SAP than under GAAP; 76) certain assets are not admitted for purposes of determining surplus under SAP; 87) methodologies used to determine the amounts of deferred taxes ~~and goodwill~~ are different under SAP than under GAAP; 98) the criteria for obtaining reinsurance accounting treatment, ~~as well as presentation of reinsurance,~~ is different under SAP than under GAAP, and SAP allows net presentation of insurance reserves and reinsurance recoverables; and 109) deferred gains on the sale ofthrough reinsurance are recognized as a surplus under SAP and as a liability under GAAP.

Reconciliations of net income and stockholder’s equity on the basis of statutory accounting to the related amounts presented in the accompanying statements were as follows:

	Net Income						Stockholder's Equity
	2020		2019		2018		2020		2019
	2023		2022		2021		2023		2022
Based on SAP	$	(1.20)	$	2(0.51)	$	51.01	$	4310.18	$	4411.78
Investment valuation difference	—		—		(0.1)		4.2		3.2
Policy and claim reserves	1.1		—		—		1.1		—
Deferred taxes	0.2		0.1		(0.1)		(0.6)		(0.3)
Investment valuation difference	—		—		(0.1)		(0.7)		(1.0)
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses and gains on disposal of businesses	(0.3)		(1.0)		(2.6)		(1.0)		(1.3)
Current income taxes	(0.2)		—		—		(0.2)		—
Other differences	(0.1)		—		(0.2)		0.8		0.9
Deferred taxes	(0.2)		0.5		—		0.3		0.4
Based on GAAP	$	1.0	$	1.6	$	2.0	$	46.5	$	47.2
Deferred gain on disposal of businesses and gains on disposal of businesses	—		—		0.1		(0.4)		(0.6)
Other differences	0.5		(1.0)		0.1		1.2		1.2
Based on GAAP	$	0.2	$	(0.6)	$	1.2	$	12.1	$	11.8

77Insurance enterprises are required by state insurance departments to adhere to minimum risk based capital ("RBC") requirements developed by the NAIC. As of December 31, 2023, the Company exceeded minimum RBC requirements.

~~Dividend~~The ~~distributions~~payment of dividends to the Parent are restricted as to the amount by state regulatory requirements. No dividends were declared or paid during the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company declared and paid ordinary cash dividends of $21.41 million during the year ended December 31, ~~2020~~2022. NoThe ~~extraordinary~~company ~~dividends were~~ declared and paid inextraordinary ~~2020.~~cash ~~The Company declared~~ and ~~paid~~invested ~~ordinary~~assets ~~cash~~ dividends of $40.76 million and $28.3 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, ~~2019~~2022. ~~No extraordinary dividends were declared and paid in 2019.~~ A dividend is considered extraordinary when combined with all other dividends and distributions made within the preceding 12 months exceeds the lesser of 10% of the insurer’s surplus as regards to policyholders on December 31 of the preceding year, or the net gain from operations, or exceeds 30 percent of its surplus to policyholders. ~~Dividends~~Without specific approval from the New York Department of Financial Services, dividends may only be paid out of earned surplus. The Company ~~has the ability~~, under state regulatory requirements, tois ~~dividend~~not upable to ~~$1.7~~dividend ~~million~~ to the Parent in ~~2021~~2024 without permission from the New York Department of Financial Services. No assurance can be given that there will not be further regulatory actions restricting the ability of the Company to pay dividends.

State regulators require insurance companies to meet minimum capitalization standards designed to ensure that they can fulfill obligations to policyholders. Minimum capital requirements are expressed as a ratio of a company’s total adjusted capital (“TAC”) to its RBC (the “RBC Ratio”). TAC is equal to statutory surplus adjusted to exclude certain statutory liabilities. RBC is calculated by applying specified factors to various asset, premium, expense, liability, and reserve items.62

~~Generally,~~Table ~~if a company's RBC Ratio is below 100% (the "Authorized Control Level"), the insurance commissioner~~ of

Filing Compare · UNION SECURITY LIFE INSURANCE CO OF NEW YORK